ML20141A106

Rev 0 to Specification for Replacement Steam Generators

ML20141A106
Person / Time
Site:	South Texas
Issue date:	04/15/1997
From:	HOUSTON LIGHTING & POWER CO.
To:
Shared Package
ML20141A101	List: ML20141A106 ST-HL-AE-5643, Forwards Final Approved Specification for Replacement Steam Generators
References
4R129NS1014, 4R129NS1014-R, 4R129NS1014-R00, NUDOCS 9705140156
Download: ML20141A106 (144)

Text

-

1 l

i SOLTH TEXAS PROJECT

! ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION l

SPECIFICATION FOR REPLACEMENTSTEAM GENERATORS j H@USTON LIGHTING & POWER COMPANV

{$0"ASb! INS $ffg8

l l

srmu m SOUTH TEXAS PROJECT ELECTRIC GENERATING STATION SPECIFICATION FOR REPLACEMENT STEAM GENERATORS HOUSTON LIGHTING & POWER CO.

SPECIFICATION NO.

4R129NS1014 REVISION NO.

O REVISION DESCRIPTION PURCHASE SPECIFICATION: RELEASED FOR FABRICATION APPROVALS PED REVIEW REQUIRED?

YES O NO (IF NO, N/A THE COG SEC SUPV APPHOVAL)

RPE CERTIFICATION REQUIRED?

YES O NO (IF NO. N/A THE RPE APPROVAL)

RESPONSIBLE ENGINEER DATE 4/15/97 REVIEWING ENGINEER DATE 4/15/97 j

f1L H TH PfrTil THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REVIEWED BY ME, THE UNDERSIGNED, AND IS CORRECT, COMPLETE, AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE N/A EDITION, WITH ADDENDA UP TO AND INCLUDING THE N/A ADDENDUM, OF THE ASME CODE SECTION lli, DIVISION 1 PARAGRAPH NCA-3252 (CONTENTS OF DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS).

N/A N/A N/A RPE PRINT NAME DATE REVIEW PER OPGPO4 ZE0312 (DESIGN CHANGE IMPLEMENTATION) REQUIRED 7 YES

]

NO N/A N/A COGNIZANT SECTION SUPERVISOR DATE or^yw W /

4 -I5 ~ 'l3 SUPERVISING $iNGINEER' DATE S

+ftS'l]

0 ATE DIVISION MANAGER

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 2 of 143 l

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page 100 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 6

101 Purchaser 6

102 Description of Plant Facilities 6

103 Scope 6

200 DEFINITIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS 7

201 Definitions 7

202 Industry Codes and Standards 9

202.1 Ocneral 9

202.2 ANSI Standards 10 202.3 ASNT Standards 10 202.4 ASTM Standards 10 202.5 ASME Codes 10 202 6 AWS Standards 11 202.7 Code of Federal Regulations 11 202 8 USNRC Regulatory Guides 11 202 9 Others 12 202 10 Steel Structures Painting Council 12 202 11 Tubu;ar Exchanger Manufacturers Association 12 202.12 NRC-Branch Technical Position 12 202 13 EPRI Guidelines 12 300 TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITIFS I3 301 Seller's Resrunsibilities 13 301.1 General 13 301.2 Documentation and Submittal Requirements 13 301.3 Drawings 14 301.4 Technical Reports 15 301.5 Procedures 15 3016 Licensing Support and Topical Report 15 301.7 Integrated Schedule 16 301.8 Certified Design Specification 16 301.9 Experience and Reliability Report 17 301.10 Technical Manual 17 301.1I interface Requirements 18 301 12 Performrnce Guarantees 19 301.13 Project Management 20 301.14 Field Services 21 301.15 Computer Software 21 301.16 Simulator input 21 301.17 Photographs 21 l

301.18 Archive Samples 22 301.19 Associated Hardware 22 302 Purchaser's Respnnsibilities 22 302l Access for Onsite inspection 22 302.2 Seller Contact of Purchaser's Representative 22 302.3 Periodic Manufacturing Inspection 22 303 Ouality Assurance Requirements 22 3031 Seller's OA Program 23 301.1.1 OA Program Manual 23 303 1.2 Company's Right to Access 23 303.l.3 Material Control and Identification 24 303 1.4 Seller's Responsibility for Suppliers 24 3031.5 Submittal of Manufacturing and inspection Plan 25 303.1 6 Preproduction Review 25 3031.7 Dedication of Commercial Grade items 25 303.2 Inspections 25 303 2.1 Notification Points 25 303.2.2 Hold Points 26 303 2.3 Stop Work Action 26 30324 Seller's Responsibility 27 303.3 Release for Shipment 27 303 4 Procedures, Reports and Drawings 27

l 4R129NS1014. Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 3 of 143 l

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page 303.5 OA Documentation 28 303.5.1 Material Reports and Certificates of Conformance 28 3035.2 Records Systems 28 303 5.3 Documentation Checklist (Index) 28 303.5 4 Deviation or Nonconformance Reports 29 30355 Seller's Documentation 30 303.5.6 Final Inspection and Check of Re3ords 30 303 6 Test Control 30 304 Technical Requirements for Manufacture and Delivery 30 304.1 Function 30 304.2 Boundaries of Jurisdiction 30 304.3 Physical Constraints 30 304.4 Code and Safety Classification 31 l

304.5 Effective ASME IIICode Edition and Addenda 31 304 6 Conditions of Service 31 304 6.I Environmental Conditions 31 304 6.2 Design Life 32 30463 Moisture Corryover 32 304 6.4 Thermal and Hydraulic Requirenwnts 32 30464.I General 32 304642 Independent Parameter Analysis 34 304643 Reactor Coolant System Flow Analysis 34 30464.4 Instability Analysis 34 304645 Subcooling Analysis 34 304646 NaturalCirculation Analysis 35 30464.7 WaterlevelControl Analysis 35 304648 Thermal and Hydraulic Analysis Report 35 304.7 Design Features and Improvements 37 304 8 Design loading Requirements 38 304 8.1 General 38 30482 Design Conditions 40 i

30483 Operating Conditions 40 30484 Fabrication, Shipping and Installation di i

30485 Fatigue Analysis di 30486 Dynamic Oualification 41 3N 8 7 Seismic Environment 43 304 8.8 Design Report 43 3M 9 Mechanical Requirements 44 304 9 I Vessel Design 44 304 9.2 Channel Head 45 304 9.3 Tubesheet 46 30494 Tubing 47 304 9.5 Tube-to-Tubetheet Joint 49 30496 Tube Supports 50 304 9.7 Feedwater Distribution Equinnwnt 52 30498 Moisture Separation Equipment 53 304 9.9 Instrument Taps 53 304.9 10 Blowdown, Drain Provisions and Sludge Management 53 304.9 II Wet Layup Provisions and Shell Fluid Sampling 54 304 9 12 Steam and Feedwater Flow Limiting Devices 54 304 9.13 Norries and Connections 55 l

304 9.14 Tube Bundle Entrance and Flow Distnbution Elements 55 j

3N 915 Lifting Provisions 55 304 9.16 Insulation 56 304 9 17 Material Identification 56 304 9.18 Fasteners Inside the RSO 56 304 9.19 Accessories and Spare Parts 57 304 9 20

[ Deleted) 59 3N.9.21 Tube Plugs and Stabilizers for Manufacturing Defects (Prior to 59 RSo Installation)

]

304 10 Maintenance Requirements 59 i

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 4 of 143 ll TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page 304 10 l Access 59 304.10.2 Preventive Maintenance 60 304 11 Material Requirements 61 304.11 1 Acceptable Materials 61 304.11.2 Requirements for Femtic Materials 62 304.11.3 Requirements for Austenitic Stainless Steels 62 304.11.4 Tube Material 63 3M 11.5 Consumable Material 65 304 11.6 Nozzle / Safe End Material 65 304 11.7 Detrimental Materials 65 304.12 Fabrication 66

}~

3N 12.2 Welding 66 304.12.1 Tube Handle Assembly 66 304 12 3 Post Weld and Other Heat Treatments 69 305 Cleanliness, Packaging, Shipment, and Storage 69 7

4 305.1 Cleanliness 69 305.2 Clean Room Requirements 69 305 2.1 Construction 69 305 2.2 Atmosphere Conditions 70 305.2 3 Clothing 70 4

30524 Foreign Material Production 70 305 2.5 Inspection Requirements 70 305.2.6 Fluid Support Systems 70 305.2 7 Prevention ofImose Parts from Entering SO Hardware 71 305 2.8 Recovery from Loss of Cleanliness 72 305.3 Cleanliness Requirements 73 305 3.1 Material Control 73 305.3 2 Cleaning Procedures 74 305.3.3 Cleanliness inspections 75 30534 Special Cleanliness Requirements 75 305.3 5 Water Quality 76 305 4 Protective Coating Requirements 76 30541 Field Weld Preparation 77 305.4.2 Shop Welds and Channel Heads 77 305 4.3 Uncoated Surfaces 77 305.4.4 Masking of Surfaces 77 30545 ilandling of Coated Members 77 305 5 Packaging 77 305 6 Preparation for Shipment 77 305 7 Handling and Shipping 79 305 8 Storage 79 305.8.1 Seller's Preparation 79 305 8.2 Storage Requirements for Storage by Seller 80 306 Inspections, Tests and Examinations 81 306i Scope 81 306 2 General Requirements 81 306.2.1 Personnel Qualifications 81 306.2.2 Program Plans and Procedures 81 306 2.3 Inspection Repons 82 306.3 Code and Specification Requirements 82 30631 Materials 82 306.3 2 Completed Vessel Examinations 85 3064 Additional Fabncation Testing 88 30641 Helium trak Test - Tube to Tubesheet 88 30642 Dye Penetrant Test - Tube to Tubesheet 88 3065 Shop Assembly Test 88 306 6 Performance Tests 88 30661 Thermal and Hydraulic Performance 89 306.6 2 Moisture Carryover Testing 89 306.6.3 Primary and Secondary Pressure Drop Measurements and 89 Reactor Coolant Flow Rates

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 5 of 143 l

TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Title Page 30664 Water level Control 89 3% 6.5 Primary to Secondary leakage 89 30666 Steun Generator Blowdown 89 306 6.7 Calibrated Steam Flow Restrictor 89 306.7 Preservice Examinations 90 306.7.1 Scope of Preservice inspection 90 306.7.2 Calibration Blocks 90 306.7.3 Examinations 90 SUPPLEMENTS A

PLANT DATA SHEETS Page 91 Part A - Comparison Sheets Page 91

- Part B -Interface Information Page 96

. Pnrt c. Nn77tr Tnhie P:u.e 111 B

Desien Parameter Data Sheet Pace 112

l A'ITACIIMENTS I

Seller's Desk Top Instruction For Creating CAD Drawing Files Page i15 2

Licensine Sucoort Procram Plan Pace 121 3

Comouter Codes Pace 123 4

Base Metal and Weldment Archive Samples Pace 125 5

Schematics for item B3 and B5 of Sucolement A. Part B Pace 130 6

Safety Classification ofInternal Components Pace 134 7

Threaded Fasteners Pace 142 8

Calibration Blocks Pace 143 t

ASSOCIATED DESIGN INFORMATION 1

Excepts from Generic E-Spec for Model RSG seismic analysis, structural analysis of RSG E Steam Generator (14926-0285(1)0137 AWN) 2 RCB floor response spectra RSG seismic analysis, support structural analysis (4N169S.39180 through 39183) 3 Support drawings (as indicated by B4 RSG seismic analysis, structural analysis of RSG, interface information and B8 of Plant Data Sheets) 4 General arrangement drawing of Interface information, Outline only existing SG (14926-0120(1)0007 DWN) 5 RCS loop piping drawings Unit 1 RCS toop analysis (14926-0140(1) Series) 6 Excerpts from Specific E-Spec for RCS piping stiffness Vertical support spring constants Model E Steam Generator (14926-0120(1)00138 EWN) l

t l 4R129NS1014 Rev.O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 6 of 143 DIVISION 100 - GENERAL REOUIREMENTS 101 EURCHASER Houston Lighting and Power Company South Texas Project Electric Generating Station U. S. Mail Address P.O. Box 289 Bldg. NSC, Mail Stop N4001 Wadsworth, Texas 77483 Attn: Supervisor Nuclear Purchasing Air Freicht Address 8 Miles West of Wadsworth on FM 521, Matagorda County Texas 77483 Attn: Bldg. NSC, Mail Stop N4001 Tel(512) 972-7433 Fax (512) 972-7157 102 DESCRIFrTION OF PLANT FACILITIES The following is a brief description of the units requiring Replacement Steam Generators. Performance requirements for ea Replacement Steam Generator are given in section 301.12,304.6 and Supplement A of this Specification.

Utility:

Houston Lighting and Power Company Facility:

South Texas Project I and 2 Location:

'8 miles West of Wadsworth on FM 521, Matagorda County, Texas Capacity:

1250 MWe Net, each unit NSSS Supplier:

Westinghouse Steam Generator Model:

E Commercial Operation:

Unit 1 August 1988, Unit 2 - June 1989 103 SCOPE Seller's scope of work shall include design, manufacture, assembly, configuration, documentation, licensing su field service (two man months; any additional field service support beyond two man months will be at time and m shipping, delivery, etc., as required to allow the Purchaser to receive, store, install, operate, and maintain the Replac Stean; Generators furnished per this specification.

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 7 of 143 l

DIVISION 200 - DEFINITIONS. CODES. AND STANDARDS 201 DEFINITIONS

'Ihe following terms shall have the meanings given below unless in any particular instance the context expressly indicates otherwise. Words importing person include corporations. Word importing only the singular include the plural and vice versa when the context requires.

ACRS Advisory Committee on Reactor Safeguards ANSI American National Standards Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers

{

ASTM American Society for Test and Materials AWS American Welding Society Codes And Standards

Codes and Standards" means codes, standards or criteria which now or hereafter may be applicable to or affect the manner in which the Work must be designed, installed or tested, including without limitation thee published by Governmental Authorities, the American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), the American Nat! anal Standards Institute (ANSI), and the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE).

Citculation Ratio Ratio of mass flow exiting tube bundle to mass flow exiting steam outlet nozzle.

Recirculation Ratio Ratio of mass flow of condensate exiting separator region to mass flow of feedwater.

Desien Life The design life of a steam generator is the minimum life engineered in the hardware to insure reliable operation under its expected operating conditions.

Eauinment

" Equipment" means all equipment, materials, documents, components, and parts to be furnished by the Seller to the Purchaser under this specification for Replacement Steam Generators.

EN Ferrite Number Final Delivery

" Final Delivery" with respect to a unit shall occur when all the Replacement Steam Generators for such unit have been received and accepted on site by the Purchaser.

l Final Delivery Datg

" Final Delivery Date" means the date of Final Delivery at Purchaser's site.

Governmental Authorities

" Governmental Authority" or " Governmental Authorities" means federal, state or local bodies, established by law, including the NRC, which now or hereafter exercise regulatory control over the Work to be performed by the Seller thereunder, the design, construction or operation of the Plant, or the use of environmental conditions of the Site.

l

l 4R129NS1014. Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 8 of 143 lI IIcat ne term " heat" describes material from ete single molten batch and a single heat treatment lot (or batch).

Imorovement

" Improvement" means any development, improvement or enhancement in the design, manufacture, installation or operation of the Seller's Replacement Steam Generators th at improves or is likely to improve its performance or expected life or that reduces the costs of its maintenance or operation.

LO.t ne term " lot" describes the subpart to a " heat" and is material from a single heat treatment.

HEC "NRC" means the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and any governmental agency or body that succeeds to all or any part of its regulatory authority.

OllE Operating Basis Earthquake Performance Tests

" Performance Tests" means those tests se 9erformance criteria set forth in Section 306.6 of this specification.

I Elant

" Plant" means South Texas Project.

Purchaser Houston Lighting & Power Company Purchaser's Authorized Ouality Assurance /Ouality Control Reoresentative (PAR)

An employee or authorized representative of the Purchaser assigned to confirm adequate implementation of the Seller's QA/QC program for compliance with all applicable QA/QC requirements of this specification.

Purchaser's Shoo Intnector (PSI)

An employee or authorized representative of the Purchaser assigned to perform various inspections in the shops of the Seller, or in the shops of the Seller's Suppliers, to ensure compliance with standards and criteria as required by this specification.

Reolacement Steam Generators (RSGs)

" Replacement Steam Generators" or "RSGs" means the Replaceme nt Steam Generators and related equipment, materials and documentation to be furnished by Seller to Purchaser under this specification with respect to each unit.

R.E Regulatory Guide.

Seller

" Seller" pertains to the successful party in whole, or in part, that has secured the contract for supply of replacement steam generators per this specification.

Services

• Services" means all services, including technical assistance, transportation, shipping and handling, and other actions to be performed by the Seller under this specification.

Statt

" State" means Texas.

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Gencrators l

Page 9 of 143 l

Supolier or Subcontractor

" Supplier" or " Subcontractor" means any vendor, subcontractor or other person, regardless of tier, who supplies equipment, goods, components, parts, materials, information or services to the Seller in connection with the equipment or services furnished by the Seller under this specification.

SSE Safe Shutdown Earthquake Technical Assistance or Technical Direction

• Technical Assistance" or " Technical Direction" means technical guidance, advice and counsel, based upon then current engineering, installation, testing, and tnaintenance practices, given to Purchaser's supervisory staff but excludes any supervision or management of Purchaser's employees, agents, or other contractors as well as direction of plant operations.

Isna Tons, as used in this specification, are tons in the English system of measurement, NOT metric tons.

Unil

" Unit" means each of the Purchaser's electric generating units in which Replacement Steam Generetors will be installed, designated as South Texas Project (STP) Unit I and South Texas Project (STP) Unit 2.

.WDIk

" Work" means all services and materials to be furnished by Seller under this specification including the technical direction drawings, information and documentation, equipment, material, and services required to engineer, design, manufacture,

[

supply and support the licensing of the Replacement Steam Generators.

QA Quality Assurance QC Orality Control I

202 INDUSTRY CODES AND STANDARDS 202.1 GENERAL De equipment and other work furnished under this specification shall be in conformance with the requirements of applicable USNRC Regulatory Guides including the following codes, standards and specifications to the extent specified hereirt A later version of some of the dated documents may become mandatory under regulations that havejurisdiction. If this develops, the newer version of each document shall be incorporated into a revision to the Certified Design Specification using the process described in Section 301.8. Later versions shall not be adopted unless approved by the Purchaser and incorporated into this specification.

If there is a conflict between this specification and a referenced document, the matter shall be referred to the Purchaser. The Seller shall obtain written resolution of any conflict from the Purchaser prior to proceeding with any work involving that conflict.

De scope of the Replacement Steam Generator Equipment and Service to be furnished by the Seller shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local Codes, standards and criteria. He applicable United States Federal Code and Standard dates are provided as reference. The Seller, unless otherwise stated by the Purchaser, shall use the appropriate codes and standards listed in this section in effect at the time Purchase Order is issued by Purchaser.

He Seller has ultimate responsibility for ensuring the replacement steam generators are built to consistent and applicable codes, standards and NRC regulatory guides required by United States law. Any financial repercussions resulting from incorrect interpretation, misapplication or selection of codes, standards or Regulatory Guides shall be borne by Seller.

1

~

l 4R129NS1014. Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Gegrators Page 10 of 143 ll 202.2 ANSI Standards ANSUASME B16.5,1986, Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings (1988 pending NRC Acceptance)

ANSUD16.11,1980, Forged Steel Fittings Socket-Welding and Threaded ANSUASME B16.25,1986, Buttwelding Ends ANSUASME B31.1,1986, Standard for Pressure P;i.5e ANSI N45.2.1,1980, Cleaning of Fluid Systems and associated Components During Construction Phase o Plants ANSI N45.2.2,1972, Packing, Shipping, Receiving, Storage, and Handling ofItems for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.3,1973, Housekeeping During the Construction Phase of Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.6,1978, Qualifications of inspection, examination and testing personnel for Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.9.1974, Requirements for Collection, Storage and Maintenance of Quality Assurance Records for Power Plants ANSI N45.2.11,1974, Quality Assurance Requirements for the Design of Nuclear Power Plants ANSI N45.2.12,1977, Requirements for Auditing of Quality Assurance Programs for Nuclear Power Plants 1

ANSI N45.2.13,1976, Quality Assurance Requirements for Control of Procurement ofItems and Services Plants ANSUASME N45.2.15,1981 Hoisting, Rigging and Transportation ofItems for Nuclear Power ANSI N45.2.23,1978, Qualification of Quality Assurance Program Audit Personnel for Nuclear Power Plants ANSUANS 58.2,1988, Design Basis for Protection of Light Water Nuclear Power Plants Agains Rupture ANSUASME N626.3,1993, Qualifications and Duties of Specialized Professional Engineers ANSUASME NQA-1, Quality Assurance Program Requirements for Nuclear Facilities (Edition as spec HI Subarticle NCA-4110) 202.3 American Society for Nondestructive Testine (ASNT) Standards SNT-TC-1 A,1984, Recommended Practice for Nondestructive Testing, as Amended by ASME XI, IWA-230 Inservice Inspection requirements.

202.4 American Society for Testine and Materials (ASTM) Standards ASTM A262,1986, Standard Practices for Detecting Smceptruility to Intergranular Attack in Austenitic Stai ASTM A380,1988, Practice for Cleaning and Der.ating Stainless Steel Parts, Equipment, and Systems ASTM A578M,1985, Straight Beam UT Exam of Plain and Clad Steel Plates for Special Application ASTM E3,1980, Preparation of Metallopaphic Specimens ASTM Ell,1987, Standard Specif%cion for Wire-Cloth Sieves for Testing Purposes ASTM E94,1989, Guide for Radiographic Testing ASTM Ell 2,1988, Estimating the Average Grain Size of Metals 202.5 Merican Society of Mechanical Encineers (ASME) Codes ASME Section II, Material Specifications, same edition, addenda asSection III ASME Section 111, Rules for Construction of Nuclear Division 1 Power Plant Components,1974 edition, no ad (applicable to original steam generators),1974 edition, Winter 1975 addenda (applicable to SG supp ASME Section 111, Rules for Construction of Nuclear Division 1 Power Plant Components,1989 to replacement steam generators)

ASME Section HI, Code Case N-20-3 SB-163 Nickel-Chromium Iron Tubing (alloys 600 and 690) and Nickel-Chromium Alloy 800 at a Specified Minimum Yield Strength of 40.0 ksi and Cold Worked Allo of 47.0 ksi Section HI, Division 1, Class 1 ASME Section HI, Code Case N-47 30 (N-47-23) Class 1 Components in Elevated Terrperature Servic I

ASME Section 111, Code Case N 71-15 Additional Materials for Subsection NF, Classes 1,2 3, Fabricated by Welding Section IH, Division 1 ASME Section HI, Code Case N-411-1 Alternative Damping Values for Response Spectra An Section HI, Division 1 ASME Section HI, Code Case N-474-1 Design Stress Intensities and Yield Strength Values for UNS No. 66 Minimum Yield Strength of 35 ksi, Class 1 Components Section IH, Division 1 ASME Section Ill, Code Case 2142, F-Number Grouping for Ni-Cr-Fe-Class for UNS-N06052 Filler Metal ASME Section Ill, Code Case 2143, F-Number Grouping for Ni-Cr Fe-Class for UNS-W86152 Welding

. -. _ =

i l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Genciah

!_ Page 11 of 143 l

ASME Section V. Nondestructive Examination (year & addenda per referencing code)

ASME Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications (year & addenda per referencing code)

ASME Section XI, Rules for Inservice Inspection of Nuclear Power Plant Components, im edition ASME Section XI, Code Case M-401-1, Eddy Current Tubing Evaluation 202.6 American Weldine Society (AWS) Standards AWS A2.4,1986, Symbols for Welding and Nondestructive Testing AWS A4.2 Calibrating Magnetic Instruments to Measure the Delta Ferrite Content of Austenitic Stainless Steel Weld Metal (1974)

AWS DI.1,1990, Structural Welding Coe - Steel i

202.7 Code of Federal Reculeigns 10 CFR 21, Reports of De.'ects and No. compliance 10 CFR 26, Fitness for Duty ivi Iwuclear Power Plants (personnel on nuclear site) 10 CFR 50, Domestic Licensing of Production and Utilization Facilities 10CFR50 Appendix A, General Design Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants 10CFR50 Appendix B, Quality Assurance Criteria for Nuclear Power Plants and Fuel Reprocessing Plants 10CFR50 Appendix G Fracture Toughness Requirements 1

10CFR50 Appendix K, ECCS Evaluation Models 10CFR50.46 Acceptance Criteria For Emergency Core Cooling Systems For Light Water Nuclear Power Reactors 10CFR50.55a Codes and Standards 10CFR50.59 Changes, Tests, and Experiments 10CFR Part 73 Physical Protection of Plants and Materials 202.8 UX Nuclear Reculatory Commission (USNRC) Reculatorv Guides (R.G.)

R.G.1.29,1978 Seismic Design Classification R.G.1.31,1978, Control of Ferrite Content in Stainless Steel Weld Metal R.G.1.37,1973, Quality Assurance Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Components of Water-4 Cooled Nuclear Power Plants R.G.1.38,1977, Quahty Assurance Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage and Handling ofitems for Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants i

R.G.1.39,1977, Housekeeping Requirements for Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants R.G.1.43,1973, Control of Stainless Steel Weld Cladding of Low Alloy Steels R.G.1.44,1973, Control of the Use of Sensitized Stainless Steel R.G.1.50,1973, Control of Preheat Temperature for Welding of Low Alloy Steel R.G.1.58,1980, Qualification of Nuclear Power Plant Inspection, Examination, and Testing Personnel R.G.1.60,1973, Design Response Spectra for Seismic Design of Nuclear Power Plants R.G.1.61,1973, Damping Values for Seismic Design of Nuclear Power Plants i

R.G.1.64,1976, QA Requirements for the Design of Nuclear Power Plants R.G.1.70,1978, Standard Format and Content of Safety Analysis Reports R.G.1,71,1973, Welders Qualification for Areas of Limited Accessibility R.G.1.83,1975, Inservice Inspection of Pressurized Water Reactor Steam Generator Tubes R.G.1.84,1994, Design and Fabrication Code Case Acceptability ASME Section Ill, Division 1 R.G.1.85,1994, Materials Code Case Acceptability ASME Section III, Division 1 R.G.1.88,1976, Collection, Storage and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plant Quality Assurance Records R.G.1.92,1976, Combining Modal Responses and Spc.k' Cn;~.:n

. Seismic Response Analysis R.G.1.121,1976, Bases for Plugging Degraded PWK Steam Generator Tubes (for comment)

{

R.G.1.123,1977, QA Requirements for Control of Procurement of items and Services for Nuclear Power Plants R.G.1.124,1978, Design Limits and Loading Combinations for Class ! Linear-Type Component Supports (applies to existing f

4 component supports) i R.G.1.130,1978 Design Limits and Loading Combinations for Class 1 Plate-and Shell-Type Component Supports (applies to existing component supports)

R.G.1.144,1980, Auditing of QA Programs for Nuclear Power Plants R.G.1.146,1980, Qualification of QA Program Audit Personnel for Nuclear Power Plants R.G.1.147, Inservice Inspection Code Case Acceptability - ASME Section XI, Div.1 (latest revision at time of contract award)

l 4R129NS1014. Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 12 of 143 l

R.G. 8.8,1982, Information Relevar, to Ensuring that Occupational Radiation Exposure w Nuclear Power Stations Will Be A. Low As Rusonably Acni:vable(ALARA)

R.G. 8.10,19 / /, Operating Philosophy for Maintaining Occupational Radiation Exposures as Low as is Reasonably Achievable (ALARA) 202.9 Others NUREG-N84, Methodology for Combining Dynamic Responses, May,1980 NUREG-0609, Asymmetric Blowdown Loads on PWR Primary Systems, Jan.,1981 NUREG-0800, Standard Review Plan (SRP), July 1981 NUREG-0918, Prevention and Mitigation of Steam Generator Water Hammer Events in PWR Plants, Nov.,1982 SRP 3.9.3,1981, ASME Code Class 1,2, and 3 Components, Component Supp,:nd Core Support Structures - including Appendix A (Revision 1) 202.10 Steel Structures Paintine Council SSPC Pil,1982, Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting SSPC P A2,1982, Method for Measurement of Dry Paint Thickness with Magnetic Gages SSPC PS 8.01,1982, Rust Preventive Compounds (Thick Film)

SSPC SP 1,1982, Surface Preparation Specification No.1, Solvent Cleaning SSPC SP 10,1989, Near White Blast Cleaning SSPC SP 66, White Meta! Cleaning SSPC Vis 1,1989, Pictorial Surface Preparation Standards for Painting Steel Surfaces 202.11 Tubular Exchancer Manufacturers Association (TEMA)

TEMA,1988, Standards, Seventh Edition 202.12 NRC-Branch Technical Position (BTP)

BTP ASB 10.2,1984, Design Guidelines for Avoiding Water Hammers in Steam Generators 202.13 Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) Guidelines NP-3009, Steam Generator Chemical Cleaning Process Development NP-5652, Guidelines for Utilization of Commercial Grade Items in Nuclear Safety-Related Applications NP-6201, PWR Steam Generator Examination Guideline, Rev. 2 NP-6406, Guidelines for Technical Evaluation of Replacement Items in Nuclear Power Plants NP-6617, Electropolishing Qualification Program for PWR Steam Generator Channelheads NP-6618. Electropolishing Qualification Program for PWR Steam Generator Divider Plates NP-6737, Cobalt Reduction Guidelines NP-6743-L, Vol. 2, Guidelines for PWR Steam Generator Tubing Specifications and Repair Specifications for Alloy 690 1

Steam Generator Tubing I

TR-102134, PWR Secondary Water Chemistry Guidelines, Rev. 3 TR-105714, PWR Primary Water Chemistry Guidelines, Rev. 3 1

i

I l

L4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators l

Page 13 of 143 l

DIVISION 300 - TECHNICAL RESPONSIBILITIES l

301 SELLER'S RESPONSIBILITIM 1

The Seller shall design, analyze, manufacture, inspect, test, clean, package and ship complete replacement steam generators, spare parts, shipping /stoinge cradles, attachments and other equipment / documents as specified herein. The Seller shall furnish i

the equipment, material, and services as indicated throughout this specification and shall certify that the equipment, material l

and services meet all requirements of this specification. The Purchaser will unload, store and inspect the equipment for acceptance, furnish normal plant instrumentation and controls and test the steam generator performance for conformance with the requirements of this speciT. cat 6L Re design, fabrication and testing of the replacement steam generators by the Seller shall meet all pertinent criteria in Appendices A and B of 10CFR50 including Generi.: Design Criteria 1,2,4,14,15,30,31 and 32.

301.1 ' General ne Seller shall be responsible, in compliance with the requirements of this speification and all referenced documents, for the detailed design, performance analyses, product quality assurance, materials pm:urement, fabrication, testing, certification, code stamping prior to shipping, examination, inspection, guaranteeing, licensing support, preservice inspection, cleaning, packaging, shipping and delivery of all items included in this specification. The Seller shall also be responsible for designing the RSG so that it is compatible with other related systems, the existing steam generator attached piping and structural support system as well as the RSG containment building compartment and its equipment.

The Seller shall be responsible for developing and providing to the Purchaser all documentation necessary for the fabrication, installation, licensing, and operation of the RSG.

Seller shall establish electronic mail communication with Purchaser and Purchaser's designees. Seller shall be responsible for procurement of the following software and hardware required to interface with Purchaser: Lotus CC Mobile Application (Latest Version), W dows 3.1, Hayes Compatible Modem (14.4k Baud minimum), PC with at least 386 processor. Seller's personnel shall be responsible for equipment setup and operation. Purchaser's technical representative can be contacted through designee listed in section 101.

301.2 Documentation and Submittal Reauirements All documents submitted to the Purchaser shall be in English and shall have an English system of units throughout.

All documents submitted to the Purchaser (including referenced documents) shall become the property of the Purchaser.

Handling of Seller's proprietary information is addressed by the General Conditions for Contract Services portion of the contract.

For each document required for submittal for Purchaser review,(5) hard copies and (for drawings only)(1) microfilm shall be l

provided. Documents shall be submitted to a point contact designated by Houston Lighting and Power Company. Electronic media shall be in a format fully compatible with the follow;ng software:

CAD: Microstation version 5.0 (.DGN) format. All CAD files shall be supplied on two sets of 8mm tape for UNIX with a threshold storage set at 2.3 gigabytes per tape with labels and directory listing of files contained on the tape. If a different CAD system for producing drawings is utilized, Seller shall be responsible for translating files to the format specified above. Two or three dimensional drawings are acceptable.

Word Processing:

Microsoft Word 6.0 for Windows Database:

Microsoft Access Ver. 2.0 Spreadsheets:

Microsoft Excel Ver. 4.0a (Note: Software package upgrades over the life of the plant may be mutually advantageous, and may be implemented if mutually agreed upon without revising this specification.)

For final submittal of all documents required as Seller deliverables,(including documents subject to Purchaser review which have received final approval), the Seller shall provide (3) hard copies as w ell as electronic media and/or microfilm as mutually agreed. Format for documents, not specified, shall be as mutually agreed.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 14 of 143 ll De Seller shall prepare and submit to the Purchaser, for approval, a Documentation Index detailing all documents including computer software) which will be required to comply with this specification and referenced codes and standards. His Index shall identify, both by document type (e.g. materials test report or PT report) and the specific component or part, each individual document that will be submitted to the Purchaser. His index shall identify the appropriate revision designation and status for each document and be maintained current. He index shall be maintained on an electronic data base and be available I to the Purchaser as mutually agreed.

Section 303.4 of this Specification contains additional information regarding document submittal and review requirements.

301.3 Drawines As a minimum submitted drawings shall include:

1.

All physical outlines and general arrangements as required to accurately define or envelope the RSG exterior profile.

2.

Cross sections and detail drawings necessary to ensure that all components conform with specification requirements including design and physical arrangement with dimensions and tolerances of each of the RSG internals and the pressure vessel (including nozzles and safe ends). Detail drawings shall indicate material specifications (Description shall include ASTM specification and grade, generic nomenclature such as " carbon steel" is not permitted), weld and other special processes including chromium plating, heat treatment and tube bending and expansions, dimensions and tolerances and shall include drawings of gaskets, gasket seating surfaces tube arrangement, bundle assembly, and miscellaneous components.

3.

Design and location including dimensions and tolerances of all interfaces with existing structures, supports, piping, etc.

As built dimensions (as defined by the Purchaser) of all interface dimensions, dimensions critical to subcomponent alignment or assembly and all pressure boundary parts shall be provided.

4.

Weights and centers of gravity of the dry, operating, and flooded RSGs. Note that dry weight and center of gravity are to be determined empirically, 5.

Detail drawings of special features, dimensions and tolerances including provisions for rigging.

6.

Shop fabrication and assembly drawings for all parts and assemblies ir.cluding dimensions and tolerances as well as any other documents referenced by these drawings. (Note: Shop drawings as described above will be submitted to 4

HL&P as the shop operations are completed. The HL&P resident (s) shall be provided access to the current shop drawings, and shall be notified of changes in revision status.)

j s

j 7.

All fasteners shall be fully defined as to nominal size, length, thread pitch and fit (class), dimensional standard, material specification and surface finish specifications.

8.

Details of all access penetrations (handholes, manways, etc.) including nominal dimensions, tolerances, surface finish requirements, lubricant specification, and stud torque or elongation range.

9.

A complete bill of materials which includes identification of the ASME Code classification of subassemblic, parts or material. Non-Code subassemblies, parts and materials shall be designated as Safety Related (10CFR50 Appendix B applies). Safety Related Commercial Grade, or Non-Safety Related, as applicable.

10.

A complete list of reconurended spare and replacement parts. It is the Purchaser's intent to require the Seller to submit all drawings associated with the RSG unless the Seller's advice to the contrary is accepted. Specifically, the Seller shall describe any type cr classification of drawing which would be of no use to the Purchaser.

4 Drawing format requirements are specified in Attachment 1, entitled " Seller's Desk Top Instructions For Creating CAD Drawing Files."In addition, the following requirements apply:

Details shall have numerical designations and sections shall have alpha designations.

Drawing scale shall be 1/4" = l',1/2" = l' or NTS Dimensions shall be in decimal format with tolerances.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 15 of 143 l

301.4 Technical Reoorts ne Seller shall prepare and submit all technical reports required by applicable codes, standards and this Specification. T following additional requirements apply to technical reports:

1.

The reports shall be certified by a Registered Professional Engineer.

2.

Input to computer programs shall be included and identified as measured, calculated, assumed, etc. All comp files shall be provided.

3.

De computer programs used in the analyses shall be identified and fully described and qualified / verified. Descriptio of standard programs such as ANSYS, STRUDL, etc., are not required beyond complete identification of the code edition or revision and all modifications utilized. All Seller programs shall be described and appropriate test cases presented to demonstrate validity.

4.

Output of Computer Programs - A summary of pertinent results shall be included in the body of the report. Computer output sheets or microfiche shall be included as appendices to the report.

\\

5.

He reports shall include drawings and other data necessary for checking the properties, such as structural mass and stiffness, of the equipment analyzed.

6.

He data base supporting all analytical models, calculations and methods shall be made available by the Selkr for Purchaser's access and review over the design life of the RSG. Copies of such information shall be furnished to the Purchaser at Purchaser's option, and, Seller shall notify Purchaser in advance of any intent to destroy or failure to ke this information.

301.5 Etamiv.tn i

The Seller shall submit procedures identified by the Purchaser as described in Section 303.4 of this Specification.

301.6 Licensine Supoort and Topical Repgn De Seller shall provide the Purchaser with all necessary technic 21 assistance to enable Purchaser's licensing effort to proceed on an orderly and timely schedule. Technical support, informsdon, data, calculations, analyses, procedures, etc., concerning the supplied equipment and the operation of the nuclear steam wpply system and input to plant analyses as required to enable j

the Purchaser to obtain the necessary permits, licenses, and approvals from applicable regulatory bodies shall be provided by the Seller. His Seller developed information shall be documented by the Seller in a Topical report and submitted for Purchaser approval. As part of this effort, the Seller shall provide the following:

1 Request for any needed existing and available detail data regarding related plant systems.

The Seller shall describe in detail the licensing approach to be used with the NRC. He Seller shall confirm in writing to the Purchaser, the certainty of licensability of the Seller's Replacement Steam Generators.

He Seller shall provide the analysis and documentation necessary to identify all differences between the proposed Replacement Steam Generators and the original Steam Generators as described in Supplement A and the plant specific UFSAR. The Seller shall demonstrate that these differences do not constitute unreviewed safety questions, as defined in 10 CFR 50.59 or require amendment to the current Technical Specifications. Seller shall supply a draft 50.59 analysis report for Purchaser's use. In conjunction with review of the UFSAR, the Seller shall identify and docurnent all UFSAR revisions required to address the installation of and plant operation with the replacement steam generators. See also Attachment 2, entitled " Licensing Support Program Plan."

In the event that a design change involves an unreviewed safety question, the Seller shall provide the documentation necessary to show that feature of the proposed Steam Generators meets the requirements of the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission (USNRC). De Seller shall provide a brief description of the effect of the proposed Replacement Steam Generators on the probability of occurrence and the consequences of each accident identified in this specification and the plant specific UFSAR. The Seller shall provide a technically based estimate of the initiating event frequency for a steam generator l

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 16 of 143 l

tube rupture (SGIR) event and for a steam generator tube leak event. Purchaser shall calculate the impact on the STP Probabilistic Safety Assessment,(if any) and provide that information to Seller to be included in Sell s's safety evaluation.

De Seller shall also provide technical data and analyses to fully address the impact of any differences between the RSGs and the existing steam generators on the plant design basis. His includes, but is not limited to, design / geometric / weight / performance data and analyses for use in the plant accident analysis, containment design, attached piping and structural supports analyses, etc.

(Note: The following discussion pertains to piping interfaces where the selected replacement Steam Generator design does NOT require modification to the existing pipe routing.) Seller is to perform all reanalysis required as a result of Steam Generator replacement. His includes all piping directly attached to the RSGs (not limited to the primary loop), and also includes affected piping attached to that piping. Where Seller can demonstrate that the existing piping analysis (e.g., Reactor Coolant System piping, Auxiliary Feedwater piping, Main Steam piping, Steam Generator Blowdown piping, etc.) remains bounding, then reanalysis is not required. If the existing analysis is not bounding, then the piping must be reanalyzed by the l

Seller. If the reanalysis shows a secondary impact on system (s) connected to the reanalyzed system, then further reanalysis would also be within the Seller's scope. Seller is expected to perform All required reanalysis, chasing impacts on the existing design as far as is necessary.

301.7 Intecrated Schedule ne Seller shall establish and maintain a fully integrated RSG fabrication schedule. The schedule must be maintained such that accuute and current status of fabrication activities in relation to intermediate milestones and final delivery of the RSGs is available to the Purchaser on a monthly basis or upon request. In addition, the following minimum requirements apply to the integrated schedule:

l l

1.

De schedule shall integrate all work (not limited to Purchaser's order)in the Seller's facility for the d ration of the Purchaser's contract. Accompanying documentation shall indicate the Seller's adequacy with respect to shop capacity and labor resources to satisfy the Seller's entire work load commitment for the duration of the Purchaser's contract.

2.

Use of the schedule shall flag any activity, not normally on critical path, which, through unanticipated circumstances, threatens to become a critical path activity. This information shall also be made available to the Purchaser.

3.

The schedule or accompanying documentation shall indicate which activities or operations are to be performed in the general facility and which will be performed in the clean area. In addition, activities which are to be performed by subcontractors or at subcontractors facilities shall be delineated.

4.

Information on the status of a ctmties supporting RSG fabrication such as design, analysis, material procurement and fabrication by subsuppliers si'all ba maintained as current and accurate.

5.

He Seller shall provide accompanying documentation to prove, quoting experience, that durations assigned for fabrication activities in the schedule conservatively account for potential rework.

6.

He integrated schedule shall be available to the Purchaser on magnetic media (software as mutually agreed).

301.8 Certined Desien Snecification (CDJ) he ASME Code requhed CDS shall be derived from this Specification. The Seller, acting as the Purchaser's (Owner's) designee shall pry e the CDS for Purchaser's (Owner's) approval. The Seller shall also provide certification of the CDS by a Registered Prof 2 shal Engineer, qualified in accordance with ANSI /ASME N626.3 requirements. It is fully intended that the CDS maintain th: txhnical requirements and Seller obligations described in this Specification. It is the Purchaser's expectation that the Seller will adopt this Specification as the functional CDS from the time of contract award until the CDS is developed and approved per code requirements. The Purchaser will not accept a protracted development period on the part of the Seller prior to CDS issuance.

Subsequent revision of the CDS, not initiated by the Purchaser, shall be the responsibility of the Seller, acting as the Purchaser's (Owner's) designee. He Seller shall submit explicit requests for revision to the Purchaser for approval. He Seller shall abide by the same requirement for prompt processing of formal CDS revisions and shall provide certification of CDS revisions by a Registered Professional Engineer, qualified in accordance with ASME requirements.

l 4R129NS1014. Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators Page 17 of 143 l

Any and all design changes that Sc!!er proposes Purchaser to be responsible for after contract award shall be documented and st.bmitted to Purchaser for approval within (14) days of change request. Financial and schedule impact shall be included in this documentation and shall be binding.

301.9 fanerience and Reliability Report In a report, submitted for Purchaser approval, the Seller shall describe all operating and test experience with individual RSG design features and proposed design as a unit. The &ller shall include detailed supporting data to establish the adequacy of the design for the intended service. The report shall identify aspects of the RSG design which provide improved reliability over the existing v.eam generator and include anticipated failure rates of subcomponents, repair cycles and chemical cleanings based on actual field experience. His report shall be revised as necessary to be current at the time of RSG delivery.

301.10 Technical Manual A Seller shall provide a Technical Manual w hich shall include the following information as a minimum:

1.

General Requirements Five (5) hard copies and one electronic copy of the manual shall be provided. De electronic copy shall be in e

Microsoft Word 6.0 (or later) format for word processing and graphics as described in Attachment 1, entitled

" Seller's Desk Top Instructions for Creating CAD Drawing Files."

Each major section of the body shall be identified with a tab inserted at the starting location of the section.

No drawings shall be provided with the manual. ALL drawings shall be provided in accordance with Section 301.3 of this specification.

Seller shall agree to participate in the Purchaser's Vendor Equipment Technical Information Program, which requires periodic verification of the accuracy of the documentation associated with the RSGs.

2.

Content of introduction shall include the following:

Title page which includes: Manual Title, Manual Number, Manual Revision Level and Revision Date.

List of affected pages for the manual revision.

Table of Contents listing each major manual section and the tab location for each section.

List of all drawings provided with the RSGs including the Seller drawing number and drawing title.

3.

Content of body shallinclude:

RSG technical data including Design data.

RSG component description including all subassemblies and major parts.

Installation instructions covering installation, alignment and inspection of the RSG prior to operation.

Operating instructions including:

Complete and detailed instructions for placing the RSGs in service shall be provided including precautions and critical points / parameters to be observed. This includes chemistry requirements and heatup limits as applicable.

Complete and detailed operating instructions for the RSGs, including chemistry requirements, precautions and critical points / parameters to observed. Possible operational difficulties with probable causes and remedial actions listed shall be included.

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 18 of 143 l

Critical limits and precautions shall be clearly indicated by a bold " CAUTION,"" NOTE " " DANGER" or

" WARNING" notice printed on the page. Cautions, Notes and Warnings shall precede sections or steps to which they apply.

A tabulation of the operating parameters for temperature, pressure, chemistry, circulation ratio, etc., giving values for normal operation (including ranges) and set points for instrument alarms.

Complete and detailed shutdown information for removing the RSGs from service. Information shallinclude precautions, critical points / parameters to be observed and layup requirements. This includes chemistry requirements and cooldown limits as applicable.

Characteristic curves for the RSG showing Steam Flow vs. Generator Pressure.

Troubleshooting guidelines - Possible malfunctions, probable cause, method of detection and corrective action e

shall be provided.

Maintenance Instructions - Rose steps required to open and close RSG accesses shall be provided including fastener torque values, lubricants and procedures. He instructions shall include equipment clearances, tolerances and adjustments required for proper operation. This includes instructions for RSG tube plugging.

Periodic testing and preventive maintenance - Tests, inspections and parts renewal to be performed with intervals / frequencies shall be identified.

Spare and renewal parts list - Replacement parts should be listed, including the part name and number, recommended stock quantity and shelflife as applicable. Refer to Section 301.3 items 7 and 9 of this Specification for additional requirements.

Special tools - Special (non-standard) tools required to operate or maintain the RSGs shall be specified.

Drawings or part numbers for the tools shall be provided.

Storage requirements - The Seller shall provide recommended storage conditions for the RSGs. Any special precautions shall be identified. These recommendations shall address initial site storage prior to installation, as well as long idle periods after RSG installation.

301.11 Interface Reauirements It is the responsibility of the Seller to provide RSGs that accurately match the existing related systems, piping, equipment, supports, and containment structure. Consequently, determination of nozzle locations and all miscellaneous interface points and support locations interface measurements are the responsibility of the Seller. Design approach and fabrication accuracy of the Replacement Steam Generators shall be adequate to match the as-built interface dimensions of the original steam generators. Tolerances shall be as specified in Supplement A Part C.

Potential exceptions exist as it may be necessary for the Purchaser to reroute supporting systems such as main feedwater or blowdown to accommodate desired RSG design features. In this case, the Seller is only responsible for accurate location and orientation of the RSG connection as approved by the Purchaser.

Since proper fitup is absolutely critical to successful RSG installation, the Seller shall create and maintain a separate interface document with input from the Purchaser.

The document shall accurately describe all RSG nozzle connection locations. Elevations shall be determined from a common RSG datum such as the top of the tubesheet. Radial orientation shall be identified. Distance of nozzle terminal point to RSG true axial centerline shall be identified. He perpendicularity of nozzle axial centerline to RSG true centerline shall also be identified.

In addition to location, nozzle configuration (including OD, ID, counterbore diameter and depth, etc.), nozzle material, weld buttering material and length, safe end material and length and any end preps shall be described in the document.

4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacernent Stearn Generators l

Page 19 of 143 l

301.12 Performance Guarantees

'Ihe Seller shall guarantee the nominal performance of the new and clean RSO as indicated by the parameters specified in this c

section. Testing of RSG performance shall be performed by the Purchaser and witnessed by the Seller.

A.

Each RSG will generate steam which meets or exceeds the pressure and flow rate requirements when supplied with reactor coolant and feedwater at the full load conditions. Specific requirements are as follows:

Test narameters to be measured Secondary Side:

Feedwater Flow Steam Flow Blowdown Flow Feedwater Temperature Steam Pressure at 2 points, downstream of steam outlet nozzle calculated from Isolation Valve Cubicle (IVC) pressure and steam generator steam drum pressure, both shall be corrected for flow losses in order to determine the steam pressure immediately downstream of the steam nozzle flow restrictor. Purchaser and Seller shall mutually agree on the hydraulic correlation to be used to correct for piping flow losses between the steam generator exit and the measurement locations.

Primary Side:

Average Cold Leg Temperature Average Hot Leg Temperature Test reauirements 1.

Steady state operation is to be established with a continuous 100% power duration of a. least 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br />.

2.

Feedwater or steam flow rate to be measured with calibrated venturi in acco: dance with ASME code requirements with the exception that the current configuration with respect to the venturi position is acceptable.

3, Secondary side calorimetric heat balance is required to confirm 100% power.

4.

RCS flow rate to be determined by a heat balance using heat duty established from secondary side.

5.

Measurement and analytical uncertainty shall be assessed to favor compliance with performance guarantees except as noted below. Determination of measurement uncertainties will be in accordance with ISA 67.(M. Assessment of uncertainties will be mutually agree upon.

6.

Acceptance Criteria shall be as follows:

a.

Initial Performance Test: The 100% load steam pressure shall meet or exceed the pressure obtained from Table 6-1 below using the Tw reached to produce 100% load. The minimum feedwater temperature shall not be less than 438*F for the performance test.

REPLACEMENTSTEAM GENERATOR WARRANTED PERFORMANCE Hot leg Tempera:ure (Tw)

Warranted Steam Pressure (in *F)

(in psia) 616.0 1013 618.0 1033 620.0 1052 622.0 1073 624.0 1093 626.0 1113

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 20 of 143 l

b.

Long Term Performance: Tw hall not exceed 626*F to achieve IMO psi steam outlet pressure at s

100% load.

If necessary, the actual steam pressure obtained from the initial and long term performance tests shall be corrected to account for tubes taken out of service through no fault of the Seller. The correction factor shall be 0.0264 psi per tube.

B.

Steam moisture content shall not exceed an average value over the four steam generators of 0.10% at the replacement steam generator exit at 100% rated power operation. He steam moisture content performance test shall be performed at 100% rated power operation using Sodium 24 radiotracer or Lithium non radiotracer in accordance with the ASME Performance Test code FTC 6-1976 Section 4.109 or later year as mutually agreed.

If the Purchaser chooses to perform the Lithium test and the test fails, the Seller may request that the Purchaser reperform using the Sodium test. He steam sampling location shall be downstream of the steam outlet nozzle.

The steam sampling shall be in accordance with ASTM requirements," Method of Sampling Steam," D-1066.

He physical configuration of the plant is acceptable to Seller for performing these subject tests. Measurement and analytical uncertainty shall be assessed to favor compliance.

C.

Water level periodic fluctuation shall be measured using the narrow range water level instrumentation. The acceptance criterion shall be that the steam generator performance does not produce a maximum adjacent peak to peak amplitude fluctuation of 2.0 inches under steady state conditions at any power level up to and including 100% power. As part of the design process, Seller will compare level stability in similar operating feedring generators and determine expected water level fluctuation in the STP generators. If it is determined that the original specification fluctuation amplitude of 1.2 inches can be met, then the criterion will not be revised to 2.0 inches. If the criterion is not likely to be met, and if design modifications that would be necessary to meet this criterion might compromise other aspects of the overall generator design, then the Seller and Purchaser will mutually evaluate and agree on an adjustment to this criterion. In no case wul the criterion be increased beyond 3.0 inches. Measurement and analytical uncertainty shall be assessed to favor compliance.

D.

De prevention of damaging water hammer for all feedwater flow conditions and all normal and upset operating conditions as defined by the transients to be included in the Certified Design Specification is guaranteed. No specific test for this guarantee is prescribed other than water hammer rnonitoring during power maneuvering through normal operational transients in accordance with prescribed feedwares water level program control. Damaging water hammer shall be defined as water hammer occurring within the RSG causing plastic deformation in RSG or attached components or piping. The steam generator design and feedwater piping shall be designed using NUREG-0918. His guarantee applies only to water hammer shown to be caused by steam generator design.

E.

He data collected from the thermal testing as described in 301.12.A above is used for the determination of the subject guarantee. Reactor Coolant System Flow shall not be less than 102,500 gpm or greater than 106,600 gpm.

Measurement and analytical uncertainty shall be assessed to favor noncompliance. (This method of including uncertainty is used to be consistent with operability / Technical Specification requirements for incorporating uncertainties for values at the limits of the license / design basis. It does not impact the ability to use 626*F if necessary to achieve warranted pressure.) The geometric configuration of the steam injection and sampling arrangements in the plant is acceptable.

301.13 Project Manacement The Seller shall assign, as a minimum, a project manager dedicated solely to, and wholly responsible for, the Purchaser's order.

The project manager shall be readily available so as to adequately fulfill the function ofinformation conduit between Purchaser and Seller. As such, the project manager shall be responsible for maintaining current information on all aspects of the project status including fabrication in house, design, material procurement ar.d fabrication work of subsuppliers. Further, the project marager shall exercise foresight in the identification of circumstances wnich could potentially result in adverse impact to the quality or delivery schedule of the RSGs. Finally, the project manager shall be granted the authority to implement actions necessary to secure the quality and scheduled delivery of the RSGs. It shall be understood that from the Purchaser's orientation, the project manager functions as much as a representative of the Purchaser as of the Seller.

l 4R129NS1014. Rev.0 l Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators l

Page 21 of 143

%e project manager shall conduct periodic project status meetings with Purchaser's representatives as mutually agreed. ne project manager shall also furnish monthly status reports with format to be approved by the Purchaser. If particular items or operations are identified as behind schedule on two consecutive status reports, the project manager shall submit a formal recovery plan to the Purchaser.

301.14 Field Services Seller shall furnish the following:

A.

The services of competent technical personnel to provide advice, assistance and guidance in the unloading of the equipment furnished under this Specification.

B.

The services of competent technical personnel to provide advice, assistance and guidance in the erection of the equipment furnished under this specification.

C.

%e services of competent startup engineering personnel at the jobsite to start up system, instruct, advise, and train Purchaser's personnel in the correct startup, safe operation and maintenance procedures, testing, and checkout of the equipment. Seller's startup engineers shall be familiar with the equipment and shall be authorized to resolve pre-liminary operating and interface problems as they develop until satisfactory operation is achieved. Field technical services to correct manufacturing and design errors / deficiencies shall be at the Seller's expense, but with the Purchaser's final approval of the techniques, equipment and methods used.

D.

Seller's field personnel shall be capable, qualified, and able to perform the duties required to the satisfaction of the Purchaser and shall be vested with authority to make decisions binding on the Seller.

301.15 Comnuter Software ne Seller shall recommend and furnish computer software for Purchaser's future use during RSG operations as mutuall agreed. As a minimum the Seller shall provide qualified / verified computer software and object code customized such that the thermal hydraulic characteristics of the RSG are accurately modeled. Where Seller utilizes a code commercially available to HL&P, Seller shall provide the geometry files specific to the replacement steam generator configuration used in Seller's analysis and any change to those codes made by Seller.

%e list of computer codes in Attachment 3 has been reviewed and pre-approved for use on this project, subject to the following clarification. Seller shall modify the ATHOS code or procure new ATHOS code version to account for heat transfer through the tubesheet. If Seller uses a version of the ATHOS code which has been custom-amended (e.g., to include heat transfer via the tubesheet) by Seller, then object code as well as geometry files will be supplied. If Seller uses an unamended version of the ATHOS code available to HL&P, then only the geometry files will be supplied. Seller shall supply object co for the other codes listed in Attachmen't 3.

301.16 SimulatorInnut De Seller shall provide input necessary to revise the plant simulator model to reflect changes in operating characteristics imposed by the RSGs.

301.17 Photocraohs ne Seller shall furnish photographs (with suitable identification and parts descriptions) representatively depicting each and assembly /sub-assembly at each stage of fabrication, assembly, test and shipping. One album, typical of all steam generators, shall be supplied. Photography / videotaping of the fabrication processes is not required. Purchaser shall be allowed to specify what photographs are to be taken.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 22 of 143 l

301.18 Archive Samnies All archive material samples shall be from the same heat / lot as materials in the RSG and marked with the material suppliers' or material manufacturers' heat / lot number in order to maintain sample traceability to the applicable certificates of compliance. All other documentation required in the data report for the part represented by the archival sample shall be supplied for the material samples, in addit:on, all archive material and part samples shall be provided with an indexed inventory list prior to release. The materials shall have received the same heat treatment as the materials in the RSG. Archive base metal and weldment sample requirements are identified in Attachment 4. Documentation shall include material test reports, furnace time / temperature charts and NDE tests.

The Seller shall provide wooden boxes for storage of archive samples at the Purchaser's site.

301.19 Associated liardware ne Seller shall supply hardware associated with the RSG as described within this Specification. Associated hardware includes but is not limited to:

Tools and fixtures (loan) l Spare parts I

e e

Accessories Archive samples e

Mockup e

Insulation (option) l e

302 ITRCilASER'S RESPONSIIIILITIES 302.1 Access for Onsite Insnection The Purchaser shall provide access for onsite inspection to all areas where the Replacement Steam Generator equipment and accessories will be located. Scheduling around plant conditions is required, necessitating cooperation on behalf of the Seller.

302.2 Seller Contact of Purchaser's Reoresentative During the onsite inspection and during the Work, Seller's Technical Service Representative shall be in contact with the Purchaser's representative, who has overall responsibility in overseeing and coordinating the Work to be performed by the Seller.

302.3 Periodic Manufacturine Insnection The Purchaser will participate in periodic manufacturing inspection of the work in regards to hold points, notifications, record reviews, approval and other types of design and manufacturing quality verification on the Replacement Steam Generators as delineated in this specification.

303 OUALITY ASSURANCE REOUIREMENT Addressing the Seller's QA program in the most general manner, it is the responsibility of the Seller to prove, to it.e Purchaser's satisfaction, that product quality shall never be compromised or subjugated to schedule concerns or unanticipated costs to the Seller. He Purchaser formally declares the position that all rework is the responsibility of the Seller and any off-design conditions or schedule delays are, unacceptable to the Purchaser.

It shall also be proven, to the Purchaser's satisfaction, that all personnel having a part in the fabrication of the RSG assume responsibility for the quality of the product. All personnel should have direct, uninhibited input with regard to problem resolution and process improvement. In other words, the Seller shall prove adoption and implementation of the position that quality is an integral part of the fabricathn process and not a commodity that can be added to a component through inspection.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 23 of 143 l

303.1 Seller's OA Procram For all safety-related Work covered under this specification, there shall be in effect a written Quality Assurance (QA)

Program, which shall comply with the provisions of 10CFR50 Appendix B and ASME Code Section III NCA-4000. In addition, NQA 1 shall apply to safety-related code items. Non-code safety-related items shall comply with the requirements of 10CFR50 Appendix B. Metallic material organizations are exempt from NQA-1 requirements per NCA-4131. ASME qualified material organizations (QSCs) are to the requirements of NCA-3800.

The Seller's QA program shall ensure that these requirements are extended to all applicable subtier procurements ofitems and/or services. In addition, Seller's QA Program shall comply with the applicable provisions of the ANSI Quality Standards listed in Section 202.2 of this Specification, as modified by the identified Regulatory Guides (latest edition, unless specified otherwise by the Purchaser).

Regulatory Guide ANSI Standard Regulatory Guide Title 1.37 N45.2.1 QA Requirements for Cleaning of Fluid Systems and Associated Compor ents of Water-Cooled Nuclear Power Plants 1.38 N45.2.2 QA Requirements for Packaging, Shipping, Receiving, Storage, and Handling of Items for Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants 1.39 N45.2.3 Housekeeping Requirements for Water Cooled Nuclear Power Plants 1.58 N45.2.6 Qualification of Nuclear Power Plant Inspection, Examination, and Testing Personnel I.88 N45.2.9 Collection, Storage, and Maintenance of Nuclear Power Plant QA Records 1.64 N45.2.11 QA Requirements for the Design of Nuclear Power Plants 1.144 N45.2.12 Auditing of QA Programs for Nuclear Power Plants 1.123 N45.2.13 QA Requirements for Control of Procurement ofItems and Services for Nuclear Power Plants 1.146 N45.2.23 Qualification of QA Program Audit Personnel for Nuclear Power Plants l

Seller's QA Program shall include provisions to extend these quality program requirements to subtier procurement of the items and/or services commensurate with the scope and complexity of the subtier procurement.

303.1.1 QA Program Manual Seller's QA Program Manual shall be in compliance with 10 CFR 50, Appendix B, ANSI N45.2, ASME NQA-1,2 (as l

applicable) and ASME III and this Specification, as a minimum. When submitted, Seller's QA Manual shall be accompanied by a letter signed by an authorized official of the Seller's company specifically stating compliance and identifying those parts or services, if any, not covered by the specified codes and standards. The entire QA Program i

l submitted shall be subject to Purchaser's approval prior to implementation of Contract. After Purchaser's approval, l

should changes become necessary, the Seller shall prior to implementation, submit such changes to the Purchaser for review and approval.

303.1.2 Company's Right to Access Purchaser's representatives shall be allowed access to the shops, working areas, and engineering offices of the Seller and its subsuppliers at any time for the purpose of inspections and audits of all activities to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Seller's and supplier's/ subcontractor's Quality Assurance Program and all requirements of this Specification. Such inspections and audits will include examination of documentary evidence of activities affecting

4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacernent Stearn Generators l

Page 24 of 143 quality and will be carried out during the course of the Work to verify compliance with all aspects of the program and to determine the effectiveness thereof.

In addition, the Purchaser retains the right to assign dedicated representatives to the Seller's manufacturing facility on a full time basis. Should the Purchaser exercise this option, the representatives shall be permitted unescorted access throughout the facility and be provided with essential administ ative hardware sufficient for three full time resident representatives (i.e. office space, desks, phones, access to copier and fax machines.)

All subcomponents on the shop floor pertaining to Purchaser's contract shall be clearly marked during all phases of the manufacturing sequence to assist in identification of parts. At a minimum, the project name, unit number and steam generator number shall be displayed (e.g. - STP Unit 1, SG#3).

303.1.3 Material Control and Identification ne Seller shall establish and maintain a system for the identification and control of materials, parts, and components, including tubing and partially fabricated assemblies. Rese measures shall ensure that identification of the item is maintained by part number, serial number, or other appropriate means, on the item and on records traceable to the item throughout fabrication, shipment, and use of the item. Rese identification and control measures shall be designed to 1) prevent the use of incorrect, defective material, parts, and components and 2) provide traceability of all parts and components to specific manufacturer, heat number, lot number, material test reports and to the Purchase Order number.

In the event of defective material, parts and components, records must include the ultimate disposition of the component to ensure incorrect or defective material is not used in the RSG.

The extent to which non-code safety related parts of the steam generator will be documented for materials traceability to Certified Material Test Reports shall be identified by Seller, ne Seller shall provide complete and accurate tube material records which relate each tube, as identified by RSG row and column numbers, to its heat and lot numbers, detailed manufacturing history (including all fabrication, tube reduction and heat treatment steps and deviations from normal practices from melting to final assembly / inspection),

and material ces tifications, including chemical and physical properties. He Seller shall supply this information in the form of a computer database with readily obtainable hardware / software as mutually agreed with Purchaser.

Rese identification and control measures shall also be designed to preclude retention of foreign objects in either the tube side or shell side when the Replacement Steam Generator is shipped. As a minimum, these procedures shall include detailed accountability procedures for all tools and equipment used during manufacture, appropriate controls on foreign objects such as eye glasses and welding rods, cleanliness requirements, and accountability procedures for any temporarily installed devices.

303.1.4 Seller's Responsibility for Subsuppliers Since the Seller retains full responsibility for all aspects of subsupplier performance (including quality and schedule),

the Seller shall ensure that adequate and periodic audit and surveillance of the subsupplier is maintained, as necessary.

Further, the Seller shall ensure, through adequate staffing, that such surveillance, including hold or notification points in particular, does not adversely impact subsuppliers' schedules.

The Seller shall identify to all subsuppliers, all applicable Quality Control (QC) and Quality Assurance (QA) requirements imposed by the Purchaser's specification on the Seller and shall ensure compliance thereto. Purchaser's right of access to the Seller's Supplier facilities for the purpose ofinspection or audit shall be imposed by Seller's documents.

He Seller and subsuppliers are subject to audits, inspections, and witnessing by the Purchaser's Authorized Representative to verify compliance with the requirements of the specification, codes, drawings, Purchasing documents and submittals approved by the Purchaser. The PAR's exercise of, or decision not to exercise, the right to inspect, witness, or audit, and any subsequent approval by the PAR, shall not relieve the Seller of his obligation to comply with the terms and conditions of the purchase order or contract. Any request for approval of deviations or nonconformances to the purchase order or contract documents shall be processed in accordance with this Specification.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev,0 l Specification for Replacement Eeam Generators l

Page 25 of 143 l

303.1.5 Submittal of Manufacturing and Inspection Plan After award of a purchase order, and prior to the Preproduction Review Meeting, the Seller shall submit copies of the Manufacturing and Inspection Plan for his shop and those of subsuppliers to the Purchaser, for information and subsequent establishment of Notification Points. An integral part of the manufacturing and inspection plan shall be the integrated schedule identified in Section 301.7, l

In addition, as a minimum, the Manufacturing and Inspection Plan shall outline the basic manufacturing and production

)

sequen:c, specific preplanned Seller inspections that are required to be performed, and identify any operadons which present potential adverse quality or schedule impact by nature of the Seller's inexperience with the operation or aspects of the operation. ne Seller shall update the manufacturing and inspection plan (including the integrated schedule) and submit copies to the Purchaser should there be an approved revision to the manufacturing process. The Purchaser will utilize the plan and requirements of this Specification to establish Notification or Hold Points for surveillance and Purchaser's approvalin accordance with Sections 303.2.1 and 303.2.2.

303.1.6 Reproduction Review Prior to the ordering of materials and/or start of fabrication, the Seller shall review the purchase order, specification, other contractual documents, and its QA Program with the Purchaser. %e Seller shall demonstrate its understanding of the quality and QA requirements in the specification and present its methods of complying with those requirements.

The Purchaser will approve all methods to be employed by the Seller to meet the requirements of this Specification and Purchasing documents.

303.1.7 Dedication of Commercial Grade Items (Applicable to Safety Related Noncode Parts only)

The Seller shall be responsib!c for the identification of any items which are, by definition, Nuclear Safety Related, but which can not be procured as such and must be subject to Commercial Grade Dedication as prescribed in EPRI Guidelines NP 5652 and NP-6406. Purchaser approval is required prior to the use of such material, contingent upon l

Seller's submittal of currently approved program and practices for Commercial Grade Dedication. Fabricated non-Code assemblies shall not be processed as Commercial Grade Items.

303.2 Insocetions Seller shall provide Purchaser with access to its facilities relating to the design, manufacturing and assembly of the steam generator equipment, subcomponents and accessories for purpose of audits and inspections. Purchaser's access may be unscheduled or scheduled. De scheduled access to Seller's and subsupplier's facilities shall be governed, as a minimum, by the required notification points and hold points.

303.2.1 Notification Points The Purchaser will establish notification points for which the Seller shall give prior notification to the Purchaser.

Notification points will be selected by Purchaser based on Seller's detailed schedule and Manufacturing and Inspection Plan. Notification points shall be those dates where the Purchaser has the opportunity to be present at Seller's (or Subsupplier's) facilities to witness a particular phase of the Work related to the Steam Generator equipment, subcomponents, and/or accessories. In addition, the Purchaser may establish temporary notification points if necessary to ensure resolution of temporary quality problems. Notification points require receipt of formal notification at least seven working days in advance of the scheduled time of performance. In no case shall the Purchaser be responsible for a schedule delay due to inadequate or inaccurate Seller notification of an impending activity requiring Purchaser notification. De Purchaser may require that activities performed without proper notification be repeated for PAR observation at the Seller's expense. %c PAR will witness the event or will authorite the Seller to proceed without Purchaser's witnessing of the event.

(.

l 4R129NSli)14.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 26 of 143

]

303.2.2 Hold Points Hold points are considered to be those tests, inspections, and operations which require witnessing by the PAR, shall be incorporated directly into Seller's work control documents and beyond which operations shall not proceed without written consent of the Purchaser. The Seller's failure to stop at a hold point will be cause for the rejection of those items at the Seller's expense for which notification was not provided and/or which were not held. Hold points require receipt of notification at least seven (7) working days in advance of the scheduled time of performance. The Purchaser shall retain the option to require that activities performed without proper notification and/or not held be repeated for PAR observation at the Seller's expense.

The following minimum hold points for which prior notification is required are mandatory:

a)

Manufacturing and inspection plan.

b)

First vendor shipment of tubes, channel heads, shell and nozzle material.

c)

Check of critical dimensions.

d)

Preproduction tubing run completion.

e)

Verification of Seller's Volumetric Examination Procedure.

f)

First time radiography (for compliance).

g)

First time ultrasonic testing (for compliance).

h)

First piece tube bend test (thickness, ovality, and buckiing).

1 i)

Tubesheet and support plate, tube hole dri!!ing inspection.

j)

Tube expansion to tubesheet.

k)

Initial tube insertion into the support system.

1)

Initial AVB installation into the tube bundle.

m)

First piece tube-to-tube sheet welding.

n)

Welded tubejoint helium leak test.

o)

First completed tube support.

p)

Tube mill eddy current inspection, q)

Final fabricator's shop eddy current inspection.

r)

Final hydrostatic test.

s)

Shipping release.

t)

Additional test, inspection or operation as determined by Purchaser.

303.2.3 Stop Work Action

'lhe PAR will orally notify, and confirm in writing to the Seller any situation, where, in the judgment of the PAR, the Seller or Seller's Suppliers are performing work contrary to the conditions and terms of the procurement documents, or where continued operations could cause damage to, preclude further inspection of, or render remedial action ineffective for any product or service provid:d by the Seller or Seller's Suppliers.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam GeneraIors l

Page 27 cf 143 l

If, after this notification by the PAR, the Seller does not commence appropriate corrective action to the satisfaction of the PAR, the PAR, by acting through procedures previously established by the Purchaser, will initiate stop work action on the specified product or services and so verbally confirm this to the Seller. The Seller shall cease subject work within one (1) hour of confirmation by the PAR.

Upon receipt of a Stop Work Directive from the Purchaser, the Seller and the Seller's Suppliers shall cease operations, including shipments, on any specified product or service to the extent stipulated by the Stop Work Directive.

Resumption of operations shall not be undertaken until the Seller has obtained a written authorization from the Purchaser. De written authorization to resume funher operations will be granted only after receipt and approval of the Seller's written commitment to correct, and as appropriate, confirmation of actual correction of, those conditions itemited on the Stop Work Directive.

303.2.4 Seller's Responsibility It is not intended that the PAR relieve the Seller in any way whatsoever of its obligation to maintain an adequate test, inspection, and documentation program, or of any obligation under this specification. Furthermore, the fact that Purchaser's representatives may inadvertently overlook a deviation from some requirement of this specification shall not constitute a waiver of that requirement, or of the Seller's obligations to correct the condition when it is discovered, or of any other obligations under this specification.

303.3 Release for Shioment No shipments of assembled RSGs, completed accessories or parts directly to the Purchaser shall be made without inspection, review and approval of the affected items as appropriate, the complete itemized and indexed documentation package and written release or waiver from the PAR. A QA Certificate of Compliance, when accepted and signed by the PAR, will constitute this written release. De Seller's completed Certificate of Compliance must be included in each shipment. Rese requirements also apply to shipments from the Seller's suppliers when item (s) are to be shipped directly to the Purchaser.

303.4 Procedures. Reont!Lpnd Drawines Unless specified otherwise by the Purchaser, all procedures, reports and drawings associated with the fabrication of the RSG shall be submitted to the Purchaser for approval prior to implementation of the activity addressed by the subject document.

In order to minimize the impact of the approval effort and expedite RSG fabrication, the Seller shall, prior to the preproduction review, submit to the Purchaser, a list of procedures, reports and drawings identified by experience and this Specification to be necessary for RSG fabrication. De list shall contain adequate description to enable the Purchaser to establish the content of each document. He Purchaser shall review the subject list and identify documents specifically exempt from approval and/or establish a clear criterion to establish those documents for which Purchaser approval is required. Documents generated after initial review shall be subject to Purchaser review according to the established criterion.

For documents submitted by the Seller for Purchaser approval, the Purchaser shall, after review, document the approval or any comments and/or exceptions. He Seller shall subsequently document and return responses which specifically address the Purchaser's comments and exceptions. The Seller assumes full responsibility for the satisfaction of the Purchaser's concerns prior to the implementation of the related activity.

All revisions to documents which address Purchaser comments and exceptions shall specifically annotate the source of the revision (by reference to the associated document as identified by the Purchaser)in the document revision record which must be integral to all documents.

l l

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 28 of 143 l

303.5 OA Documentation All QA documentation associated with the Replacement Steam Generator equipment and a of the Purchaser as received upon completion.

303.5.1 Material Reports and Certificates of Conformance his specification itemizes certain key steps that shall be witnessed, performed, or verified by the Purch appropriate times to ensure equipment or material supplied is in conformance with the requirements of this specification. A " Certificate of Conformance" and test reports shall be submitted by the Seller stating equipment is in conformance with the requirements of this specification and other applicable requireme will not only be required to certify the compliance of his own actions, but those of subsuppliers emplo The Seller and suppliers shall provide the PAR a formal " Certificate of Conformance" stating that all a standards, specifications, codes, and procedures have been complied with.

%e Supplier's standard " Certificate of Compliance" form shall be utilized to fulfill the above requirements.

he Seller and the Seller's suppliers shall ship, with the Replacement Steam Generators, all documen the facts certified in the " Certificate of Compliance."

Material Test Reports and Certificates of Conformance for ASME Code items shall, as a minimum, conform to the ASME Code. Certified Material Test Reports and Material Manufacturers' and Materials Suppliers' Certificates of Conformance shall appropriately document the Quality System Certificate Numbers or otherwise indicate that the material was manufactured or supplied under a quality system reviewed and approved by the Seller or app subsupplier holding ASME N. Stamp Certification.

303.5.2 Records Systems A records system shall be established and maintained by the Seller to provide documentary evidence of the q items and activities affecting quality. The quality assurance (QA) records shall include, as a minimum, results of reviews, inspections, tests, audits, monitoring of work performance, and material analyses. Records shall, as a minimum, identify the Purchaser's name, Purchaser's order number, inspector or data recorder, date inspection w performed, type of observation, procedures used, results, acceptability, and action taken with any deficiencies noted.

Records of inspection shall also include identity of drawings and procedures utilized, along with the revision level.

Additional records on supporting data shall also be maintained. All quality verification records, procedures, and qualifications shall be identifiable to the item or activity involved. These records shall be retrievable and available for examination. Collection, storage and maintenance of records shall be in accordance with the requirements of ASME NQA 1, ANSI N45.2.9, and R.G.1.88.

303.5.3 Documentation Checklist (Index)

Prior to the start of fabrication, the Seller shall prepare and submit to the Purchaser, for review and approval, a preliminary Documentation Checklist (Index) detailing the Quality Assurance documents which will be required to comply with this specification, with applicable referenced cedes and standards. This Checklist shall be itemized by document type, for each component or part, and shall include documents that will be submitted to the Purthaser for information or approval and records which will document the results of operations, inspections, and tests. Upon completion of equipment fabrication, testing, and inspection, but prior to release for shipment, the Checklist shall be finalized to show the drawings and procedures actually used and the records which will document the results of all inspections and tests performed. The final Documentation Checklist shall be verified for accuracy and completeness and submitted to the PAR.

his specification requires specific documents to be formally submitted to the Purchaser for information or review and soproval. If these documents are changed subsequent to submittal, the Seller shall resubmit the revised document (s) to the Purchaser for information or review and approval consistent with the original requirement. Any document required by this specification which is produced by a Supplier of the Seller shall first be reviewed and noted as being approved by the Seller and then submitted to the Purchaser for review and approval.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 29 of 143 l

303.5.4 Deviation or Nonconformance Reports Any deviations or design changes which are not in accordance with the technical or quality assurance requirements of the procurement documents (excluding applicable Codes, Standards and Regulations, which shall not be violated under any circumstances), approved drawings, which the Seller desires to accept, must be approved by the Purchaser. A such deviation request must be made in writing prior to disposition by means of a Nonconformance Report (NCR) submitted to the Purchaser for approval prior to continuing work. The Seller retains full responsibility for any retest, analyses or rework required to satisfy the Purchaser, without adverse impact to quality or RSG delivery schedule. The Seller shall submit, to the Purchaser's general office representative, all other NCRs which require repair or rework to achieve compliance with the Certified Design Specification, procurement documents or Purchaser approved Seller documents such as procedures or drawings. In addition, ALL NCR's must be reported to the PAR for information.

He Seller shall(1) segregate the nonconforming item to prevent any further processing which may result in a change of the nonconformance as identified, (2) make the NCR available to the responsible Purchaser's inspector for review to ensure the nonconformance is completely identified and accurately stated, and (3) transmit the NCR with recommended disposition to the PAR in an expeditious manner. He Seller shall provide technical justification for the recommended disposition. De Purchaser reserves the right to reject any rework or repair NCR item dispositions which the Purchaser deems inappropriate.

Further engineering and/or manufacturing after detection of nonconformances, prior to Purchaser's approval, shall be at the Seller's risk. The requirements of the specification are binding; no departures are acceptable without the prior consent of the Purchaser. He resolution / approval of Deficiency Notices, Nonconfortnance Notices, Field Change Notices, etc., must be approved in advance by the Purchaser.

De NCR shall provide the method by which the Seller shall obtain a documented response and approval from the Purchaser when nonconformances are identified. The use of the NCR will pertain to work at the Seller's and subsupplier's shops.

Once an item is identified with an NCR, that NCR shall remain assigned to that item permanently and (future)

Purchasers c.all be advised of the originating NCR.

The Seller shall comp'y with NRC Regulation 10 CFR 21," Reporting of Defects and Noncompliance," as it may be amended from time to t.me. In addition, Purchaser requires the following:

a)

Seller shall within 15 days after execution of the contract is signed by both parties, advise the PAR in writing of the individual who qualifies as the Seller's " Responsible Officer" and who shall have the responsibility for coordinating and implementing the requirements of 10 CFR 21.

b)

Seller shall develop and implement procedures in accordance with 10 CFR 21 requirements as applicable to the work under this specification.

c)

Evaluations which identify reportable defects as defined in 10 CFR 21 shall be reported by the Seller to the Purchaser within the times prescribed by 10 CFR 21. Defects which cannot be determined by the Seller to be reportable to the NRC shall nevertheless be reported to the Purchaser, d)

Seller shall pass on to his subcontractors and required passing on to subsequent levels of procurement all appropriate requirements of 10 CFR 21, c)

Seller shall notify the PAR of all 10 CFR 21 reports made by any tier of his subcontractors or Suppliers.

f)

All NCRs shall be appropriately categorized, trended (to the Purchaser's satisfaction) and reported periodically (bimonthly as a minimum) to the Purchaser.

g)

Trends identified by the Seller and/or Purchaser shall be cause for the initiation of a higher tier action than the NCR. Action shall involve the Purchaser and Seller's senior management and include generic assessment of root cause and appropriate measures to eliminate recurrence.

l;l l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 30 of 143 h)

RSG delivery documentation shall include clear identification and description of every NCR associated with a particular RSG.

303.5.5 Seller's Documentation Quality Assurance (QA) documents are a deliverable item. The Seller's QA Representative shall approve them, then present them to the Purchaser. He Seller shall assemble all QA records into two identical sets. Each page of each document submitted shall be clearly identified by the Purchaser's name, the station and unit, the purchaser order numbers, the equipment identification, and the manufacturer's name. Documentation shall meet the requirements of Sections 301.2,301.3,301.4, and 301.5. Documents that have been submitted with a previous shipment shall not be duplicated; however, a statement shall be furnished to the Purchaser itemizing, by document, the documents previously

)

furnished for each item of equipment and the date of that previous submittal.

303.5.6 Final Inspection and Check of Records The Seller shall be responsible for inspecting the item (s) and checking the applicable recards, prior to shipment, to verify that all specification requirements have been met. Two complete sets of all documents required to comply with this specification shall be submitted to the PAR. Acceptance of the completed sets of records does not relieve the Se!!er of responsibility for compliance with specification requirements.

After completion but prior to submittal of these records, the Seller shall complete and submit a Certificate of Compliance. The Certificate of Compliance is a document which certifies that the inspection (s) and test (s), required by the specification, have been satisfactorily completed and the Seller's documentation for that shipment conforms to the procurement document requirements, this specification, and applicable codes and standards. The Certificate of Compliance shall be completed and signed by the Seller's Quality Assurance representative and submitted to the PAR, together with the other documentation applicable to that shipment.

303.6 Test Control The Seller shall establish a program to assure that All required testing is identified and performed in accordance with written test procedures. The procedures shall incorporate the requirements and acceptance limits contained in applicable design documents, including codes and this specification.

304 TECHNICAL REOUIREMENTS FOR MANUFACTURE AND DELIVERY 304.1 I' unction The RSGs shall be fully capable of being operated at up to maximum plant power levels of 3821 MWt (100% power). The RSGs shall be fully compatible with all interfacing and affected plant systems including the reactor coolant, steam, feedwater.

auxiliary feedwater, SG water level control, wet layup, shell sampling and blowdown systems. In addition,it is desired that the RSG provide enhanced capability with regard to steam generator performance, reliability, maintainability and tube plugging margin as identified in subsequent paragraphs of this specification.

304.2 Boundaries of Jurisdiction ne boundaries ofjurisdiction between the RSG and attached piping or structures shall be as defined in Paragraph NB 1130 of subsection NB of ASME Section Ill.

304.3 Physical Constraints Should the RSG design require replacement in accordance with 10CFR50.59, all connections and supports shall be designed to provide the same interface points as exist for the present steam generators. If RSG design requires replacement under 10CFR50.90, Seller shall nJntain the same interface points for as many connections as possible.

Any interface points recommended by the Seller shall be mutually agreed upon with Purchaser prior to design incorporation.

Each RSG shall be designed to be supported by the existing Steam Generator support system as described in Supplement A and shown in Attachment 5 and applicable Associated Design Information.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Stearn Generators l

Page 31 of 143 l

t 304.4 Code and Safety Classification The Seller shall design each RSG in accordance with the effective edition of ASME Section Ill. The primary side of each l

RSG is classified as ASME Code Class 1 and the secondary side of each RSG is classified as ASME Code Class 2. The entire pressure boundary of the component shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ASME III Class I requirements.

Each RSG in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.29 is also classified as Seismic Category I. De RSGs shall be inspected by an Authorized Nuclear Inspector (ANI) and a copy of the Code Data Report shall be submitted to the Purchaser. The RSG shall be provided with an ASME Code "N" stamp and shall be assigned a National Board number as required by ASME Section III.

All internals shall be designed and fabricated in accordance with the safety classifications identified in Attachment 6. Seller shall submit a report for Purchaser approval which delineates where the use of commercial grade components and materials is proposed. Subsequent changes to this report shall be submitted to Purchaser for approval prior to manufacturing of affected internals.

304.5 Effective ASME III Code Edition and Addenda The RSG shall be constructed to the requirements of ASME section III code edition and addenda specified in Section 202.5 Since the original steam generators were constructed to an earlier version of ASME Section III, an evaluation shall be performed by the Seller to address the requirements ofIWA-4170(d) of ASME Section XI. This evaluation shall be included in the Design Report.

304.6 Conditions of Service 304.6.1 Environmental Conditions Each RSG shall be designed for the environmental conditions as defined in Supplement A. RSG design shall be as such to accommodate the EPRI Water Chemistry Guidelines for the primary and secondary sides. The feedwater chemistry program will be based on an "all-volatile treatment" approach. Ammonia, morpholine, monoethanolamine or other organic amines will be added for pH control, while hydrazine or other volatile oxygen scavengers will be used for oxygen control. De Seller shall identify any required changes in environmental conditions for the equipment to perform its design function throughout its design life.

The Seller shall confirm that the tubing material is fully compatible with the water chemistry specification for both primary and secondary sides in the presence ofinternal geometries, heat fluxes and temperatures selected in the RSG design for the 40 year design life.

%e Seller shall confirm that the specified corrosion allowance shall be accounted for in the governing RSG analyses.

De RSG shall be designed for wet and dry (with nitrogen purge) lay up conditions (based on past experience of Purchaser's operations) as well as for six chemical cleanings using the EPRI iron and copper cleaning steps (e.g., the 40-hour,20% EDTA,200*F iron step plus a six-hour copper step with 5% EDTA, EDA and hydrogen peroxide).

Corrosion allowances shall be provided based on chemical cleaning of the entire tube bundle a total of six times as well as all other operating / shutdown conditions for the life of the RSG.

The type of noterial used and corrosion allowances for each type of condition (operating / lay up/ chemical cleaning) shall be itemized ai.d accounted for in the Design Report for each affected part as well as for each affected we!d in the pressure boundary. In aduition, the same is required for nonpressure boundary parts and welds including a suitable evaluation to demonstrate adequacy. He evaluation / data for nonpressure boundary parts / welds shall be submitted by the Seller in a separate report for Purchaser approval.

l l

l i

4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators Page 32 of 143 ll 304.6.2 Design Life The design life of each RSG shall be for a minimum cumulative operating service of forty (40) calendar y Seller must insure that no parts or elements of the RSG, not specified for removal and replacement in the RSG Technical Manual, will require to be removed or replaced during the stipulated design life. To insu design life criterion is met, the Seller shall consider all potential failure modes such as corrosion, fatigue, co assisted fatigue, fretting and wear. Cumulative operating service includes periods of wet or dry lay up.

It is understood that the design life as specified herein is in no way to be construed as a warranty or guar and Purchaser expressly agree that the warranties provided by Seller with respect to the RSGs shall be as the " Warranties" Article of the Replacement Steam Generator Terms and Conditions and nothing in this Sectio 304.6.2 is intended to alter or rnodify such warranties.

304.6.3 Moisture Carryover ne moisture separator and steam dryer equipment (including drains) shall be designed and qualified tests approved by the Purchaser so that the meisture carryover in the steam shall not exceed 0.10% weight flow just downstream of SG flow restrictor based on the RSG operating at a steady-state steam flow ra lb/hr per RSG (approximately 110% of full power operating conditions) for a steam pressure inside the psia for all ranges of normal operating water level.

For plant transients during which a turbine trip does not occur, the moisture carryover shall be limited to a of 0.10% weightjust downstream of the steam flow restrictors.

The moisture separator and dryer loading with respect to moisture removal rates and steam velocities sh loading for previous successful applications or suitable tests of such equipment. If this equipment successfully, e.g., met the moisture content limits, under equivalent loading conditions including flow mald to different separators, the moisture separation and dryer capability shall be demonstrated by testing pr fabrication of the steam generators. In any event, a report shall be provided by the Seller for Purch which documents all separator / dryer performance evaluations and tests which are performed.

Carryunder shall be sufficiently limited such that the use of auxiliary feedwater is not required a to and including a nominal steam flow rate of 4,240,000 lb/hr per RSG. Any carryunder effects upon lev measurement shall be evaluated and documented in a water level control report subject to Purchaser approva 304.6.4 Thermal and Hydraulic Requirements Seller shall provide the analysis necessary to address the requirements of this Section (including sub 304.6.4.1 General The largest practical heat transfer surface area is desired consistent with the following constraints (

simultaneously):

1.

The shell-side flow areas including the areas inside and outside the wrapper shall be sufficient to acceptable steam / water flow velocities with regard to pressure drop, circulation ratio, water level and steam flow stability and flow induced vibration and wear considerations; and, these flow areas shall contain sufficient secondary side water inventory to provide equal or greater time until dryout occurs follow of feedwater.

2.

The outer envelope (upper and lower shell diameters, lengths) of the RSG shall be compatible supports, restraints and piping systems per Section 304.9.1 of this specification.

3.

The RSGs shall be capable of producing 100% power output operation conditions with 10% of the reacto coolant system flow area through the Steam Generators blocked due to plugging or other repairs as we with Seller's projected level of fouling over 40 EFPY of operation.

f

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 33 of 143 l

i l

l 4.

He RSG Dermal Design Primary Flow Rate shall be 98,000 gpm for up to 10% plugging. He best estimate primary flow rate for the RSG in the clean condition with no tubes plugged shall be 107,800 gpm, and the mechanical design flow rate shall be 110,000 gpm. (Note that the best estimate flow is not warranted, just an estirnate).

5.

There shall be no damaging water hammer for all feedwater flow conditions irrespective of water level in the RSG.

6.

Equipment will be capable of operating at all specified conditions with freedom from flow-induced or turbulence-induced vibrations which result in tube degradition over the design life of the steam generator.

7.

He steam leaving the RSGs will not exceed 0.10% moisture content when operating at 120% nominal steam flow. (Steam generator design point.)

l 8.

Design Replacement Steam Generator performance based on preliminary design information is as follows (assuming fouling factor of.00006 and 100% power):

Desinn Replacement Steam Generator Performance (Preliminary) s Tm (*F)

Percent Plugging RCS Flow (gpm)

Steam Pressure (psia) 616 0

105.900 1028 618 0

105,900 1048 620 0

105.900 1067 622 0

105,900 1088 624 0

105,900 1108 616 10 1N,300 1010 618 10 104,300 1030 620 10 IN,300 1049 j

622 10 104,300 1069 i

624 10 1N,300 1089 626 10 104.300 1110 Seller shall consider design basis fouling conditions (based on minimum thermal conductivity of fouling layer) for minimum performance levels.

Each replacement steam generator shall furnish steam at conditions specified in section 304.6.4 and Supplement A of this specification when supplied with reactor coolant and feedwater at the specified conditions.* In addition,100%

power (3821 MWt) stea n pressure and flow conditions for each RSG shall be furnished for the T range of 616*F to m

626'F when supplied wkh reactor coolant flow and feedwater temperature at the specified conditions.

• Seller shall qualify RSG for operation at 100% power with feedwater temperatures as low as 390 F. Special operating restrictions shall be fully identified by Seller to assure RSG operating life will be 40 years as required by this specification. Thermal performance requirements shall be based on nominal feedwater temperatures.

The Seller shall provide justification for selection of design basis fouling levels over the 40 year design life of the RSG based upon empirical evidence. Justification shall be provided for Purchaser approval with consideration of instrumentation errors as reported by Purchaser to enable demonstration of plant performance during the entire 40 yed design life within S,eller's stated accuracy.

The RSG shall be compatible with the plant's feedwater control system, steam generator water level measurement and control system, and reactor protection system. Current information on these items for the existing steam generators is summarized in Supplement A.

l

l 4R129NS1014. Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Stearn Generators l

Page 34 of 143 l

3N.6.4.2 Independent Parameter Analysis Independent parameter analyses shall be performed and evaluated to cover the following departures from nominal conditions:

(1)

Tube plugging 0,5,10,15,20, and 25%, and (2)

Tube surface deposit - 0,2,5,10,15,20,25,30,35, and 40 mils thickness of 100 percent dense magnetite.

Minimum values for thermal conductivity due to magnetite fouling shall be assumed.

Seller shall provide resuits of analyses for Purchaser approval and identify excess heat transfer area for each condition.

2 Equivalent surface thermal fouling factor (in units of hr ft,.F/ Btu) shall be calculated for each of the surface deposit thicknesses.

3M.6.4.3 Reactor Coolant System Flow Analysis Reacto-coolant flow is a function of the combined hydraulic resistance of all components in the loop and by the reactor coolant pump head and flow characteristics Consequently, the How cannot be calculated until the hydraulic characteristics of the RSG are known. A correlation between S/G hydraulic pressure losses and RCS loop flow is given in Supplement A. Using this data, the Seller shall determine the best-estimate RCS loop flow that will result when the RSG is installed in a loop with the existing primary system components.

3N.6.4.4 Instability Analysis The Seller shall perform thermal / hydraulic evaluations to determine the effect of increased flow resistance due to deposit buildup at support areas on circulation ratio and water level instability. Margins to instability should be determined and benchmarked based on actual in-plant and/or test experience. The Seller shall demonstrate that the RSG is free of water level and circulation flow instability at all power levels for the following conditions:

(1) 0,5,10, and 15,20 and 25% of tubes plugged and (2) 0,10,20,30,40,50 and 60 mil thick deposit on support and tube surfaces at top support (with thicknesses reduced linearly for other supports down to zero at bottom support).

He shell-side flow areas including the areas inside and outside the wrapper shall be sufficient to provide acceptable steam / water flow velocities with regard to pressure drop, circulation ratio, water level, steam flow stability and flow-induced vibration / tube wear considerations.

3M.6.4.5 Subcooling Analysis he Seller shall demonstrate by analysis or, preferably, by test that the Seller's design has maximized the area of shell side fluid at the surface of the tubesheet that is subcooled under all operating conditions In this effort, the Seller shall perform analysis to determine the thermal-hydraulic conditions which exist at the surface of the tubesheet of the 3

replacement steam generators. This analysis shall be in sufficient detail to geornetrically model the expansion zor$e at thejunction of the tube in the tubesheet and determine the associated thermal-hydraulic conditions. This analysis shall be performed over a range of 0 to 100% power and include local effects of blowdown operation, plugged tubes, and downcomer flow variations (if applicable). The computer codes to be used in this analysis shall be reviewed for acceptability by the Purchaser.

He Seller shall develop a detailed plan to complete the above scope of work. His plan shall be issued to the Purchaser for approval. The scope of work defined in the plan shall be limited to and consistent with the expenditure of 692 engineering hours. Updates shall be presented to the Purchaser periodically during the course of the work to assure concurrence with the approach, assumptions, etc. Upon completion of the work, a report shall be issued to the Purchaser. Dis report willinclude the results of the analysis and will also include ideas which might be used to modify the thermal-hydraulic conditions,if required. Any additional work will be mutually agreed upon.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators ~

l Page 35 of 143 l

The Seller shall provide analysis or test results that indicate when recirculation begins with respect to reactor thermal power output and demonstrate by test or analysis that periods of nonrecirculation will not adversely affect the tube-to-tubesheetjoint integrity. If limitations on nonrecirculating operation need to be imposed Seller shall fully define them after exhausting all design options to avoid operational procedure changes.

ne design of the steam generator shall be such that boiling is minimized at the expansion transition of the tubes and that DNB does not occur in support contact locations or tube to tubesheet crevice. Analysis and or test plans to confirm compliance with this requirement shall be submitted to Purchaser for approval. He analysis shall consider the local effect of blowdown system operation over a range from 0 to 100% power operation and hot leg temperatures specified herein.

I ne tube support contact area and tube sheet expansion transition area analysis shall address the clean and fouled conditions along with the sensitivity oflocal adjacent tube plugging effects.

The validation of computer codes against test benchmark data shall be defined in the analysis and or test plan.

he thermal. hydraulic analysis shall, if possible, address the tendency of the downcomer fluid to spiral and its effect on top of tube sheet thermal conditions. As a minimum, the Seller shall provide his opinion (based on the analysis performed above) of the potential effect of downcomer spiraling and its affect on the top of tubesheet thermal conditions.

304.6.4.6 NaturalCirculation Analysis The RSG shall provide the capability for reactor decay heat removal by reactor coolant natural circulation flow which is at least equivalent to that provided by the existing plant steam generators. Thermal / hydraulic evaluations shall be 1

performed which cover various decay heat rates and reactor coolant temperatures and with either main or auxiliary feedwater supplied to the steam generator. All plant inputs needed to perform these evaluations shall be identified by the Seller. Seller shall discuss RSG impact on design transients in the primary and secondary systems.

304.6.4.7 Water Level Control Analysis The location of the level taps shall be recommended by the Seller and included in the RSG design as mutually agreed with the Purchaser. Analysis documenting the basis for the tap locations and steam generator-specific water level measurement inaccuracies (including, but not limited to downcomer subcooling, velocity effect, density effects and tap location tolerances) shall be presented for Purchaser approval and use in station-specific calculations.

304.6.4.8 Thermal and Hydraulic Analysis Report NOTE: The Hermal and Hydraulic Analysis Report may include reports or sections of reports required by other sections of this specification.

The Seller shall submit a Thermal and Hydraulic Analysis Report giving the mathematical model, analytical methods used, and the detailed thermal-hydraulic data and performance data. All calculations for the Hermal and Hydraulic Analysis Report shall be based on an nsumption that tubes equal to the tube plugging margin are plugged. Heat transfer calculations shall be based on maximum allowable tube wall thickness as specified by Seller per Section 304.9.4.1. The following additional information, as a minimum, shall be provided by the Thermal and Hydraulic l

Report:

i a)

Description and drawings of the Steam Generators and various operating characteristics by region of Steam Generators (hot leg, mixing, U-bend, etc.).

b)

List of all data, computer codes utilized and other references used to develop thermal and hydraulic characteristics. These include but are not limited to: number of tubes, tube diameter and wall thickness, tube thermal conductivity and heat transfer coefficient, heat transfer area, inlet / outlet nozzle design parameters, tube pitch, tube support size, wrapper size, etc.

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 36 of 143 ll c)

List of all conditions used to provide a basis for determining the performance of the plant. These include:

primary inlet / outlet temperatures, primary flow, feedwater temperature and flow, feedwater temperature vs.

load, fouling factors by region, etc.

d)

Primary side pressure drops based on thermal and mechanical design flow rates to include: intet nozzle, tube entrance, tube friction, tube exit, outlet nozzle, etc. For each pressure drop, provide the assumed flow area 2

(ft ) and form loss coefficient (K loss). Pressure drops should be given in ' psi'.

)

J e)

Secondary side pressure drop vs. flow for various regions and areas including but not limited to: all components of the feedwater distribution equipment (feedring, flow restrictor, diffuser, etc.), across each and

)

all tube support plates, U-bend region, plenum transition, primary separators, separator transition, secondary separator, steam flow restrictor, etc. Pressure drops shall be evaluated over the full range of fouling. For each I 2

pressure drop, provide the assumed flow area (ft ) and form loss coefficient (K loss). Pressure drops should be given in ' psi',

f)

Static head required to maintain normal water level over the full range of fouling.

g)

For fouling layer thickness of 0 to 40 mils in increments of 5 mils:

l Graphs showing steam pressure vs. heat load, Graphs showing steam pressure vs. tubes plugged, Graphs showing steam pressure vs. hot leg temperature.

i h)

Graph showing circulation ratio vs. heat load over the full range of fouling.

i)

Graphs showing shrink and swell, starting at 10% heat load at a rate of 25% load changes, plus graphs for a turbine trip as a function of power level.

j)

Graphs showing overall heat transfer coefficient vs. heat load by Steam Generator region (hot leg, U-bend, coldleg, mixing, etc.) for fouling layer thickness of 0 to 40 mils in increments of 5 mils. Graphs of overall heat transfer coefficient vs. percentage of tubes plugged.

k)

Graphs showing hydraulic design including circulation loop driving head vs. heat load and circulation loop pressure drop vs. location at full load (by location within Steam Generator - wrapper opening, support plates, top of tube bundle, top of wrapper, top of primary separator, etc.) Pressure drops shall be evaluated over the 3

full range of fouling. For each pressure drop, provide the assumed flow area (ft ) and form loss coefficient (K loss). Pressure drops should be given in ' psi'.

1)

Graphs showing secondary side mass / water volume vs. heat load. (Total mass and water / steam content).

Graphs showing secondary side mass / water volume as a function of elevation for cold shutdown conditions.

Graphs of narrow range and wide range water level versus total artd partial secondary side water volume (at full load).

m)

Data detailing cross sectional flow areas by location within Steam Generator - tube bundle width, feedring, normal water level through primary separators, downcomer, etc.

n)

Secondary side volumes by location - feedring, downcomer below normal water les el, downcomer above normal water level, backing region, mixing region, primary separator region, secondary separator region, etc.

This shall include a graph with volumes starting from tube sheet up to top of steam nozzle. Provide a schematic that identifies the region being defined as a volume.

o)

Primary side volumes including nozzles, channel head hot / cold leg, total tube volume, etc. This shall include a graph with volumes starting from bottom of channel head up to top of U-bend.

p)

Surface area exposed to primary fluid by class of material / stainless, Inconel, etc.

J a

.-r---

n l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 37 of 143 l

q)

Graphs showing allowable water level variations vs. heat load (upper and lower level variation).

r)

Graphs showing blowdown flow rates vs. heat load, including quality at nozzle outlet. Additionally maximum continuous blowdown flow rates and absolute maximum (per 304.9.10) shall be analyzed for crosion concerns.

I s)

Technical support and data for site specific input to revise the plant simulator model.

t)

Graph showing percentage of tubes plugged versus T, u)

Graphs showing fouling rate (mils) vs. EFPY of operation for each distinct section of the tube bundle. Surface of the tubesheet shall also be included in this evaluation.

v)

Graphs showing RCS flow (Ibm /hr) vs. percentage (%) of tubes plugged.

w)

Graph or table of exit quality (%) for each distinct section of the bundle identified as a function of load.

x)

Graph or table of percent carryover and percent carryunder by mass vs. inlet quality, flow and operating water level (inches from base of riser) for primary and secondary separators.

y)

Graph or table of change in separator efficiency vs. time of operation and identification of the erosion rates assumed.

z)

Velocity profiles through the tube bundle and evaluation of design features to limit sludge deposition.

Analysis of the etliciency of contaminant removal by the blowdown system should be provided as a function of power level.

All graphs shall be accompanied by corresponding data tables. Seller shall identify all pertinent load dependent parameters used to generate the requested secondary side parameters as a function ofload.

Any additional inputs required from Purchaser to perform performance calculations which are not contained in this specification shall be identified by the Seller.

304.7 Desien Features and Imnrovements While compatibility of Replacement Steam Generator's operating characteristics with existing plant equipment and operat is required, the Purchaser also requires that the new equipment incorporate, as much as possible, the design innovations ma in Steam Generators subsequent to the manufacture of the original equipment. These innovations are expected to impro reliability, maintainability and performance and extend service life.

More detailed information concerning tests, analyses and experience which serve as the basis to demonstrate the adequ design improvements in all respects shall be documented by the Seller in a Reliability Report submitted for Purchaser approval. As a minimum, the effect of design improvements shall be evaluated with respect to:

+ Water level / steam flow stability

. Circulation ratio

.Two-phase pressure drop and primary system pressure drop

+ Carryover and carryunder

+ Primary and secondary water / energy inventory

+11ot leg temperature

+ Plugging allowance

. Maintenance

. ALARA design features

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Gener tors l

[ 43 l

t 304.8 Desien Loadino Reauiregggs 304.8.1 General ne design and structural analysis of each RSG shall be consistent with the requirements of this specification, applicable regulatory guides and the ASME Section ill code edition prescribed in section 202.5 of this specification.

He Seller, acting as the Purchaser's (Owner's) designee shall prepare a Certified Design Specification (CDS) pursu-ant to the requirements of Paragraph NCA-3250 and Appendix B of ASME Section 111 for Purchaser's (Owner's) approval. The CDS shall provide all design inputs required for the design and fabrication of each RSG including, but not limited to, the following:

Stiffness values of the primary, main and auxiliary feedwater, and main steam nozzles.

=

Pressure, temperature and flow transients for the RCS as described in 304.8.3.

Maximum permissible divider plate differential pressures for the RSG divider plate for emergency and faulted conditions. Number of cycles of these transients are given by Supplement A. A limiting break size shall be

]

specified which corresponds to the differential pressure calculated for emergency conditions.

4 In the event that the structural characteristics of the RSG (stiffness and mass) are not identical to those of the original SG, the Seller shall provide a structural analysis of the reactor coolant system which includes the RSG that demonstrates compliance with all requirements of the UFSAR and the appropriate edition of the ASME Code. De analysis shall address all loading conditions defined in the Certified Design Specification. All regulatory requirements / commitments in the plant Safety Evaluation Report (SER) must be satisfied by said analysis.

1 Seller shall consider Purchaser's option to replace upper lateral support snubbers with rigid struts. as soon as practical after contract award, Seller shall submit a proposal to identify the added cost of analysis resulting from a decision to replace the snubbers, if any, and specify a deadline for Purchaser to make the decision.

304.8.1.1 Structural Load Sources / Load Combinations Sources of loading to be considered in structural analysis of the RSG (pressure boundary and internals) are as follows:

304.8.1.1.1 Deadweight 3N.8.1.1.2 Primary system pressure 3 04.8.1.1.3 Secondary system pressure 304.8.1.1.4 Pipe nozzle loadings If the RSG design requires replacement under 10CFR50.90, all deadweight and seismic nozzle loads specified in section B9 of Supplement A shall be increased by 20% for RSG structural analysis.

304.8.1.1.5 Pipe rupture loadings 3N.8.1.1.6 Seismic inertia and anchor movements 3N.8.1.1.6.1 Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE)

De RSG shall be operable during and after an OBE. He horizontal (two components) and vertical component loadings for OBE shall be taken from Associated Design Information Package 1. Modal and directional combinations shall be performed in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.92.

3N.8.1.1.6.2 Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE)

He horizontal (two components) and vertical component loadings for SSE shall be taken from Associated Design Information Package 1. Modal and directional combinations shall be performed in accordance with Regulatory Guide 1.92.

)

l 4R129NS1014. Rev.0 l Specification for Replacemem Steam Generators l

Page 39 of 143 l

I 304.8.1.1.6.3 Seismic Anchor Movements Seismic anchor movements shall be considered as design inputs if required by the methodology used to model the RSG for structural analysis.

304.8.1.1.7 Flow Loads Flow loads are considered to be panicularly important for tubes and internal structures. Flow loads shall be calculated by the Seller based on the pressure, temperature and flow information provided in this specification.

304.8.1.1.8 Thermal Loads Thumal loads and transients produced by primary, steam and feedwater temperatures.

304.8.1.2 Load Combinations The load combinations for structural evaluation of the RSG (pressure boundary) shall be consistent with the load combinations that are used in the original steam generator design specification. Leak before break (LBB) has been approved for STP reactor coolant loop (RCL), pressurizer surge line, and the accumulator discharge lines. The dynamic effects due to postulated pipe break in the LBB approved lines may be excluded from the structural evaluation of the RSG.

i i

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 40 of 143 l

l j

i l

304.8.2 Design Conditions He following design conditions shall be used for thermal, hydraulic and structural analyses in accordance with Section III, Div. I of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code as well as for vibration evaluations.

304.8.2.1 Primary System Components (1)

Pressure: 2485 psig (2)

Temperature: 650*F (3)

Flow: Mechanical Decign Flow (TBD) 3N.8.2.2 Secondary System Components (1)

Pressure: 1285 psig (2)

Temperature: 600*F (3)

Steam and Feed Flow: 5,512.000 lb/hr per RSG (30% margin).

304.8.2.3 Primary-Secondary Boundary Components (1)

Maximum primary to secondary pressure difference for normal operating conditions described in 3N.B.3 (2)

Maximum secondary to primary difference for normal operating conditions described in 304.8.3 (3)

Temperature for normal operating transients below.

304.8.3 Operating Conditions ne following operating conditions shall be used for thermal, hydraulic and structural analyses in accordance with Section III, Div.1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code as well as for vibration evaluations required by this specification. Seller shall generate all transient response curves once the RSG design is final. These curves shall be submitted to Purchaser for inclusion into the Replacement Steam Generator Certified Design Specification. The original equipment specification gives the transient responses for the existing steam generators. If any of the original transient loadings are exceeded, the Seller shall be responsible for any reanalysis of the affected piping, restraints and supports.

1 i

i l

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacernent Stearn Generators l

Page 41 of 143 l

304.8.3.1 Normal Operating Transient Conditions (Service Level A Transients)

Normal transient loads are those to which the RSG is exposed in the performance of its specified service function.

. These loads occur during plant start-up, operation in the design power range (including loading and unloading), hot standby and system shutdown.

304.8.3.2 Upset Conditions (Service Level B Transients)

Upset transient loads are those to which the RSG is occasionally exposed during plant transients. Those loads occur during plant trips or as a result of equipmenthystem trips or malfunctions.

304.8.3.3 Emergency Conditions (Service Level C Transients)

Emergency condition loads are those to which the RSG could be exposed during infrequent plant transients such as a small steam line break or a complete loss of reactor coolant flow.

304.83 4 Faulted Conditions (Service Level D Transients)

Faulted condition loads are those to which RSG is not normally exposed, but may be exposed to under extreme or unusual conditions. Pipe break scenarios or major equipment malfunctions are examples of such conditions.

304.8.3.5 Test Cceditia Test conditions are those pressure tests (including hydrostatic tests, pneumatic tests and leak tests) specified by Purchaser and/or required by Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Conditions for pressure tests which will be conducted after installation shall assume maximum pressure on primary side per 304.8.2.1 with secondary side vented and maximum pressure on secondary side per 304.8.2.2 with primary side vented. These tests will be conducted in accordance with Section XI of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. The Seller shall identify the number and type of shop tests to be performed and consider the shop test conditions in the structural design of the RSG. The shop and in-plant test conditions shall be evaluated in the Design Report.

304.8.4 Fabrication, Shipping and Installation The Seller shall determine the loads applied to the RSG during fabrication, loading, shipping, unloading, placing into storage and installation, and shall consider these loads in the structural evaluation of the RSG (pressure boundary and internals).

304.8.5 Fatigue Analysis The Seller shall perform fatigue analyses of the RSG (pressure boundary and internals) as required by Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. The fatigue analysis shall be documented in the Design Report. The fatigue analyses shall demonstrate that the RSG is capable of withstanding the accurnulated load cycles imposed by the combinations of conditions required by this specification. Test loading cycles shall be included in the fatigue analysis. 'Ihe analysis shallinclude identification of the most significant fatigue locations and an evaluation of the potentialimpact of fabrication tolerances on fatigue.

304.8.6 Dynamic Qualification Equipment adequacy for all dynamic loading conditions shall be demonstrated for pressure boundary and nonpressure boundary components. The dynamic analysis of the RSG and its supports (lateral and vertical) shall be performed by the Seller and the results shall be transmitted to the Purchaser for impact assessment on the building structure.

Dynamic loading analysis of internals in the Replacement Steam Generators shall be limited to Replacement Steam Generator internals whose failure to remain intact during Service Level A, B, C and D transients could jeopardize the integrity of the primary, secondary and the primary-to-secondary pressure boundary. Equipment adequacy shall be established for both the OBE and SSE.

l

l 4R129NS1014. Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 42 of 143 l'

he following elements shall be included in the analytical method:

a) ne critical areas of the equipment shall be defined. Re basis for determining criticality shall be stated in detail by the Seller.

b)

He significance of various equipment components shall be examined.

c)

A tractable model with necessary assumptions shall be defined.

d)

He characteristics of supports, attachments, and piping shall be in accordance with the existing plant.

e)

%e properties of connecting members between masses necessary to approximate to the structural stiffness of the system shall be defined.

f)

He extent to which the proposed mass breakdown permits determination of stresses and deflection in significant or critical areas shall be defined.

g) ne decision to include an element of the equipment as a separate mass point may depend on the natural frequency of the element. Estimates of the natural frequencies of the elements which are large enough to affect the response of the system shall be determined prior to lumping the element stiffness and mass.

Response spectra modal analyses shall be initiated by calculating natural frequencies (eigenvalues), mode shapes (eigenvectors), and participation factors. He input response spectra pertinent to the equipment j

mounting location and damping level shall be used as input to calculate the modal accelerations at each mass point in the model.

gl)

Enough modes shall be extracted so that the highest frequency included in the modal combination rule just exceeds the frequency at which the spatial acceleration becomes approximately equal to the peak acceleration (ZPA value). He absolute double sum rule for modal combination shall be used to consider the effect of extracted modes.

g2)

The static effect of higher frequency modes not included under item gl, above shall be appropriately included in the analysis using available procedures;(for example, see Appendix A of Standard Review Plan (SRP) 3.7.2.).

g3)

He responses from items gl and g2, above are combined using square root of the sum of the squares (SRSS) method to determine the maximum response for the seismic direction being considered.

g4)

The modal inertia forces shall be obtained by multiplying the lumped masses of the model by the modal accelerations, eigenvectors, and participation factors, g5)

Inertia forces shall be applied statically to the model on a mode-by-mode basis while retaining the vector directionality and the resultant modal internal loads.

Fodhe input response spectra provided, the system shall be evaluated for the simultaneous occurrence of horizontal and vertical motions. Components of stress, strain, moment, shear, or displacement may be evaluated in determining the maximum response of the system or equipment.

Dynamic systems that exhibit closely spaced modes (two consecutive modes are defined as closely spaced if their frequencies differ from each other by 10 percent or less of the lower frequency) shall be analyzed in accordance with R.G.1.92.

Dynamic analysis may also be nonlinear time history analysis solved by direct integration. In this case, the Seller shall generate time versus acceleration records for the applicable earthquakes and directions based upon the amplified response spectra provided.

\\

l 4R129NS1014. Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 43 of 143 l

l l

Unless specifically noted, the equipment shall be analyzed in a worst-case basis with regard to the specified operating conditions. A check of critical area defketions shall be made to demonstrate that damage detrimental to the equipment's ability to function as specified will not occur.

Each Replacement Steam Generator shall be designed to withstand the effects of cyclic loads due to reactor coolant system temperature and pressure fluctuations (normal power anomalies).

3M.8.7 Seismic Environment De Seller shall submit a summary of the Seismic Qualification Program. His summary sha!! include a description of the mathematical model and the analytical methods used to qualify the Replacement Steam Generators.

l De Se!!er shall confirm, in writing, and shall submit calculations or test data or both for approval by the Purchaser which support the statement that equipment furnished under this specification meets the requirements for the Operating Basis Eanhquake and Design Basis Earthquake (SSE). A necessary condition tojustify utilizing this specification requires that the Seller shall, as part of its report, provide natural frequency data, determined by either analysis or test. He analysis or test shall confirm that the resulting deflections will not cause damage to the equipment to the detriment of its capability la function as specified elsewhere.

De equipment shall be operable during and after an OBE earthquake.

(

3M.8.7.1 Operating Basis Earthquake De equipment shall be designed to be capable of continued operation with all normal operating loads acting simultaneously with both horizontal and vertical components of the Operating Basis seismic loadings. De horizontal and vertical seismic loadings for the existing support locations are as shown in the Associated Design Information.

l 304.8.7.2 Design Basis Eerthquake De equipment shah oc designed to withstand the combined effects of all normal operating loads acting

{

simultaneously with the Design Basis seismic loads without loss of safe shutdown capability or structural integrity.

De horizontal and vertical seismic loadings for the existing support locations are shown in the Associated Design l

Information.

I l

3N.8.7.3 Seismic Modal Response and Spatial Components Combinations Seismic modal responses and spatial components shall be made in accordance with NRC Regulatory Guide 1.92.

304.8.8 Design Report he Seller shall submit for Purchaser approval a complete Design Report including all calculations and all references not in the public domain in accordance with the requirements of ASME Code Section III. He report shall be certified by a Registered Professional Engince: qualified in accordance with ANSI /ASME N626.3. He report shall discuss all loads and load combinations, incI':aing but not limited to, vibration, static, nozzle, seismic, cyclic, thermal, hydraulic, pressure, weight, impact and loads and load combinations resulting from all steady-state and transient operating conditions specified and confirm the adequacy of the equipment design, in accordance with ASME Code Section III and any other applicable requirements.

Seller shall obtain independent review (as required by design control provisions of NQA-1/ ANSI N45.2.11) of the l

stress analysis by independent organization within Seller's company or an identified tvl mutually agreed upon second party.

He supporting analysis / reports for the Design Report including any references and test data shall be submitted for Purchaser's approval and shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

4 l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 44 of 143 l;

1.

Thermal-Hydraulic Analysis Reoort including all basic RSG sizing calculations and performance analysis 1

results at various loads. Items reported shall include, but not be limited to reactor coolant temperatures, heat transfer coefficients, circulation ratios, fouling factors, and tube and shell side pressure drops.

2.

Flow-Induced Vibration Reoort on the tube bundle and internals (including tubes and all types of supports) with analyses and supporting test results.

)

3.

Secondary Pine Break Analysis Report which assesses steam generator internals adequacy for steam and feedwater pipe break conditions including simultaneous breaks of both of these pipes.

3 i

4.

Primary Pioe Break Analysis Reoort which assesses the adequacy of the tubes and divider plate for primary pipe break conditions.

q 5.

Seismic Analysis Report which assesses the adequacy of the RSG for seismic loads.

6.

Tube and Tube Material Report which assess adequacy for corrosion, wear and RSG internal environmental conditions.

7.

Tube. Tube Sunoon and Tubesheet Deflection Analysis which addresses deflections during heatup, cooldown, and operation of the unit.

4 l

Conformance with ASME III requirements shall be demonstrated in the Design Report. Each Replacement 4

Steam Generator shall be designed to impose loads which do not exceed the design capability of the existing plant equipment and structures, including the support structure, reactor ccdant system piping, feedwater and steam piping, and all other physical interfaces.

Each Replacement Steam Generator and all its parts shall be designed to preclude corrosion damage or malfunction as a result of i.Mtion, including flow-induced and turbulence-induced vibration during normal or off-normal operation and t m onmentally induced vibration. He Design Report shall identify the corrosion and wear allowance on all kplacement Steam Generator (s) internal components and pressure boundary l

materials.

i ne Seller shall identify in the Design Report other relevant incidents, if any, in addition to the previously listed categories, and shall analyze them in accordance with ASME Section III code.

Seller shall furnish pressure-temperature curves (heatup/cooldown) and analytical bases for the Replacement Steam Generator as part of the design report.

304.9 Mechanical Reauirements 304.9.1 Vessel Design In order to facilitate installation of the RSGs and minimize the impact of reconnection of interfacing piping and suppon systems, the outer shell of the RSGs shall duplicate the outer envelope of the existing steam generators to the maximum extent practical, and within practical shop tolerances. Purchaser's installation contractor (or representative) shall be afforded with necessary access to Seller's shop for the purpose of verific aion of vessel shell and feature (i.e.,

i nozzles and access ports) interface dimensions and location / orientation identifie i by the Purchaser as critical. Such access shall be provided prior to RSG shipment and at a poin' h the fabrication pt ress in which advene impact to RSG delivery schedule is minimized by identification and correction of out of '.verance conditions. Changes in Steam Generator design which affect the outer shell envelope shall be approved by Purchaser, and a e subject to the following constraints:

1.

He heat exchanger outer envelope (shell outer diameter plus maximum nozzle protrusion) may not exceed the envelope such that there is no longer adequate clearance through the equipment hatch. (he Equipment Hatch 4

i cross sectional area available is shown in Item B7 of Supplement A, Part P.)

2.

The primary nozzles and support pad interface points must be duplicaes of those on the existing steam generators.

l l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 45 of 143 l

3.

The upper lateral support restraint connections at the enclosure wall shall be maintained. Seller shall provide redesigned upper lateral support restraints and snubbers (if necessary) as accessories to the RSGs.

The weight of the RSG shall not exceed 894 tons in the flooded condition to accommodate (estimated) existing support limits. The dry weight of the RSG shall not exceed 500 tons to accommodate (estimated) limits of the liftin equipment in containment. Should RSG weight exceed these specifications, economic benefits shall be quantified the Seller to allow Purchaser to perform a cost-benefit analysis.

Each RSG channel head, upper (steam drum) head, tubesheet, and transition cone shall be of single piece forged construction. De transition cone shall be furnished with cylindrical sections (standoffs) on both ends which allow girth welds to attach the steam drum and lower heat exchanger shells. The purpose of the standoffs is to remove the j

girth weld from a transition location local stress concentrations and consequently relieve the Purchaser of ISI requirements. Therefore, the welds connecting the transition cone to the steam drum and lower heat exchanger shall not qualify as gross structural discontinuities or sites of stress concentrations. Cylindrical steam drum and lower heat exchanger shell sections may be of forged or rolled and welded plate construction.

l All blend radii between nozzle bores and the inside of the shell or head shall be greater than 0.5 inches unless identified and justified by the Seller and approved by the Purchaser.

He design, material and length (2 inch minimum) of all nozzle safe ends shall be in accordance with this specification.

All welds on the surfaces of *Wnell and heads, including nozzle attachments, shall be ground to remove discontinuities and cr:n nsers and to facilitate examinations and inspections. All welding (including cladding) and I

grinding shall be performed before any required post-weld heat treatment unless approved by the Purchaser.

Except for surfaces of corrosion resistant material, all surfaces to be contacted by primary system water and all gasket contact surfaces (including those on the secondary side) shall be weld deposit clad.

Except for the possible crevice between a tube and its hole in the tubesheet and at the channel head bowl drain, all l

{

primary and secondary wetted pressure boundary surfaces shall contain no crevices or abrupt changes in contour sharper than 1/8" radius.

304.9.2 Channel Head The channel head shall be welded to the tubesheet. He divider plate shall be sealed to the channel head and to the tubesheet by welding. The primary system nozzles shall have forged stainless steel SA-336 Type F316LN material safe ends with sufficient length for field fitup. The fabiication sequence must be such as to preclude PWHT of the head subsequent to safe end attachment. The design, material and length of these safe ends shall be submitted by the Seller for Purchaser approval. Reference blocks shall be provided 90* apart around the nozzle circumference for use in field machining and in determining final dimensions. Primary nozzles shall be fitted with nozzle dam rings compatible with nozzle dams as specified by the Purchaser. (Latest ' quick-fit' slotted design as opposed to single orientation ' bayonet' design)

The design and configuration of the channel head assembly shall allow equivalent or improved access to the tube l

bundle for NDE, tube sleeving, stabilizing and plugging, as compared to the existing steam generator. The design shall provide for complete draining (including manways) into the primary system. Ifinternal drains from one area to another (to avoid trapping of water) are utilized, they shall be a minimum of 0.5 in. inside diameter,(to avoid plugging with debris) shall be of corrosion resistant material and shall have e smooth inside bore surface (to facilitate sealing of plugs.) External drains are prohibited.

~

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 46 of 143 l

ne channel head shall be clad per this specification. All clad and divider plate surfaces exposed to water shall be smoothed by mechanical polishing followed by electropolishing. Electropolishing treatment shall prevent intergranular attack or pitting and shall be submitted to the Purchaser for review and approval prior to start of work.

Any electrode arcing on the surface or surface discoloration shall also be removed by the polishing. Work shall conform to the guidelines, parameters and procedures developed under EPRI Research Project 2758-6, see EPRI NP-6617, "Electropolishing Qualification Program for PWR Steam Generator Channel Heads" and EPRI-NP-6618, "Electropolishing Qualification Program for PWR Steam Generator Divider Plates."

Channel head support pads shall be properly machined to accommodate and facilitate Purchaser's installation of the RSG with existing interface support systems. The Seller shall specify and hold the tightest achievable flatness and in.

plane parallel tolerances across the pads. Support pad bolt and pattern dimensions shall be verified and documented by the Seller in the as built condition to ensure proper fitup with Purchaser's in plant supports. Helicoil or other off-design condition repair of the support pads is prohibited, however, the Seller shall provide qualification of helicoils for subsequent in-service repair.

304.9.3 Tubesheet Dimensions and tolerances for the tubesheet holes shall be selected by the Seller to provide suitable clearances for tube bundle assembly and sludge lancing and operations and acceptable residual tube stresses and cold work following the hydraulic or explosive expansion of the tubes in the tubesheet. However, the Purchaser specifically requires that tube hole run out (drill drift) be maintained below a maximum 0.010 inches per foot. Surface roughness requirements within tubesheet holes shall be consistent with normal practice which has resulted in satisfactory performance with regard to sealing of the crevice and prevention of corrosion of the tube. All relevant dimensions and tolerances (including but not limited to tube pitch, hole location, hole angularity, hole diameter, hole surface roughness and tubesheet thickness and face parallel) shall be submitted by the Seller for Purchaser approval. His submittal shall contain sufficient information to demonstrate adequacy based on past successful experience, tests and analyses as well as sufficient detail to demonstrate the applicability of the related tests and experience.

Seller shall specify the method to control tubesheet flatness and parallelism to ensure that tube to tubesheet crevice depth is less than the stated maximum or that the tubes are not expanded beyond the top of the tubesheet.

If the tubesheet is welded to the channel head after tube sheet holes are drilled or tubes are installed, the Seller shall ensure that post weld heat treatment of the channel head-tube sheet weld does not impact the tube.to-tube sheet joints.

Justification of this shall be provided to Purchaser.

Prior to drilling, the cladding on the prea,y side flat face of the tubesheet shall be Ultrasonically Tested (UT) to ensure proper fusion of the cladding to the sheet material as well as to identify indications. Procedures to determine fusion and indications and acceptance criteria shall be developed by the Seller and reviewed and approved by the Purchaser. Process control requirements shall be listed to control drill parameters / tolerances during drilling of the tubesheet. After drilling, holes shall be measured to confirm compliance with required dimensional tolerances.

Compliance may be demonstrated via use of statistical process management (SPM) in lieu of 100% inspection provided that the Seller's SPM methodology is submitted for Purchaser approval prior to use.

The shell side of the Replacement Steam Generators shall be capable of being completely drained.

Tubesheet thickness and material selection shall optimize reduction of tubesheet deflection and necessary tube to tubesheet contact pressure.

Maximum tubesheet thickness is preferred in order to minimize tubesheet deflections which in turn are to minimize tube deflections / stresses and any tendency to cause mechanical interference type plugs to loosen.

The channel-head side of the tubesheet of each RSG shall be permanently marked by the Seller in order that tubes can be easily identified from the channel head to facilitate in service inspections. He tubesheet shall be marked in accordance with tubesheet layout drawings to be supplied by the Seller. The method of marking shall be permanent and readable from a manway location with minimum need for optical instruments or other accessories and shall be subject to Purchaser approval.

l 4R129NS1014. Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 47 of 143 l

304.9.4 Tubing 304.9.4.1 Tube Design Tube dimensions shall be determined by the Seller in order to optimize thermal performance and corrosion resistance and support safety analyses. In addition, the Seller shall consider the facilitation of post installation secondary side inspection and sludge removal.

Tube wall thickness shall be based on the conditions specified herein and shall be selected with consideration of design pressure, hydrotest pressures, and other relevant conditions *. Tube wall thickness shall also be in compliance with R.G.1.121 (DRAFT). Compliance of the design with R.G.1.121 shall be explicitly stated by the Seller in the Design Report. In addition, suitable allowance in the selected tube wall thickness shall be provided for tube wear and corrosion over the life of the RSG. The thickness of the tube wall in the bend area after bending shall not be less than the design minimum required thickness. T abe dimensional tolerances shall be specified so as to comply with all requirements of this specification. Sufficient dimensions shall be measured on a statistical basis, approved by Purchaser, and documented in the Reliability Report so as to determine the as-built nominal, maximum and minimum dimensions for tube O.D., I.D. and wall thickness in straight sections as well as in "U" bend areas.

• Tubing stress analysis shall properly document and account for corrosion allowance on both primary and secondary sides. The corrosion allowance must consider general and local corrosion processes to ensure mechanical integrity of tubes over the entire 40 year design life of the RSGs. The design basis ID velocity shall bejustified to ensure freedom of flow assisted corrosion / erosion of tubing material at the design basis temperatures and pressures.

Seller shall ensure that the replacement steam generators are less resistant to flow than the original steam generators, so that primary system flow is increased. Seller shall ensure that the increase in primary system flow does not exceed the station's mechanical design flow limit, OR Seller shall increase the mechanical design flow limit as required to envelope the expected and desired increase in RCS flow. The amount of increase in flow, and any proposed increase in Mechanical Design Flow shall be coordinated to ensure the potential impact on nuclear fuel and BMI thimble wear j

is addressed, and the design basis is revised as required. Promptly after award, Seller shall coordinate with Purchaser I

to determine the appropriate operating point for the plant (i.e. T,, Main Steam pressure, RCS flow, etc.) after steam l

generator replacement.

Tube centerline bend radius shall be at least 4.7 times the tube O.D. for *U" bend tubes.

l l

304.9.4.2 Tube Fabrication 1

i Seller shall describe, in detail, the program implemented to qualify prospective tubing suppliers. De inspections and l

standards for successful pre-production qualification shall be included. The standards shall include microstructure gallery and finished ID and OD cleanliness standards.

Seller shall provide descriptions of experience with tubing suppliers and provide ajustibdon for the recommended l

supplier (including production capacity applicable to support the submitted RSG fabrication schedule and status as an appmved supplier).

Seller shall obtain proposals from tubing vendors for Seller's standard tubing specification with the additional requirements of this Specification. All tubing vendors which meet these requirements shall be considered qualified. If Purchaser dictates a specific supplier to be used, the difference in schedule and cost impact from the lowest qualified supplier shall be to Purchaser's account.

The Seller retains the responsibility for satisfying the submittal requirements stated above after Contract award. In addition, the following specific requirernents apply to tube fabrication.

Periodically, the metal temperatures of a sufficient number of tubes shall be determined during mill anneal so that the location of the hottest and coldest tubes can be determined.

He metal temperatures of the hottest and coldest tubes shall be recorded during mill anneal operations.

l l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 48 of 143 l

The specified temperature determination shall be performed at least once per heat treatment lot. In addition. the furnace temperature shall be continuously recorded at severallocations. On a continuous basis, and prior to s work on a tubing order, temperatures shall be recorded along the length of the hottest and coldest tubes, (i.e. at tu ends and at four intermediate locations along the tube length.) "Ihe hottest and coldest tube locations shall have been identified by tests of the specific furnace used.

Grain size shall be determined for each tot of tubing and shall be between or equal to ASTM 6 and 8, per ASTM E 112.

With regard to surface imperfections, no imperfection or combination of imperfections with an aggregate dimension in the direction normal to the wall in excess of 5% of the wall thickness shall be permitted.

Any discoloration in excess of acceptable visual standards approved by the Purchaser shall be cause for rejection.

During any heat treatment, the tubing shall not be contacted by any combustible products (except hydrogen) unless approved by the Purchaser.

All non-destructive tests shall be reviewed / approved by the Seller as well as by the Purchaser. Prior approvals by th Seller shall not be considered suffic;ent.

The tubing manufacturer shall be required to evaluate the axial variations in tube tensile properties on three tubes j

straightened after tube straightener equipment set-up and on one tube after each in-process adjust parameters. The locations of maximum and minimum hardness shall be determined by an axial hardness scan on each l tube so evaluated. Tensile tests shall be performed from tubing samples removed at the maximum and minimum hardness location and the 0.2% offset yield strength shall be demonstrated to lie in the range of 40 to 55 ksi (after thermal treatment).

No grit blasting or local manual straightness corrections are permitted after final thermal treatment. Local surface imperfection removal after final thermal treatment shall be controlled and limited to hand polishing using Scotch Bright.

No rework of the "U" bent tubes is allowed such as to achieve ovality, buckling and transition minimum radius of curvature requirements, i

Each tube shall be ECT inspected using a standard differential coil probe prior to assembly into a tube bundle (details to be furnished by Purchaser per existing site practices and equipment). Purchaser approval is required for the establishment of the acceptance / rejection criteria of tubes displaying ECT signal anomalies.

Unless waived by the Purchaser (based on existing test data submitted by the Seller, which is valid for operating T, of l 626 degrees F), tube sections representative of all "tJ" bend areas (transitions and mid-sections), including the shortest and longest radius bends, shall be tested for tendency for increased corrosion cracking. These tests shall utilize corrosive media and will compare any tendency for significant cracking (up to 40 percent through wall) of the tube areas in question versus straight sections of tubing for the same test conditions used in similar tests for tube /tubesheet joints Seller shall recommend the test procedure and acceptance criteria for Purchaser approval. Any substantial increase in cracking tendency for "U" bend areas (versus straight sections of tube) shall be possible cause for rejection.

of the design by the Purchaser.

The minimum radius of curvature (in a plane parallel to the tube axis) at either the inside or outside surface of the tube shall be two inches anywhere within the transition area between the straight and bent sections of the tube or in areas of buckling.

Tube sections reprer,entative of "U" bend areas and expansion transitions within the tubesheet which have undergone maximum tensile strain shall be appropriately sectioned and examined (ID and OD) with a microscope at sufficient magnification fvr any evidence of micro cracking opened up due to strain. No micro cracking shall be permitted.

Seller shall recommend the test procedure and acceptance criteria for Purchaser approval.

l 4R129NS1014. Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 49 of 143 l

Tube ovality shall be tightly controlled during the bending operation. Based on the specific bending radius, the following quality shall be achieved:

For R 215

• tube O.D., Ovality s 1.6%

For 15 < R s 8

• tube O.D., Ovality 5 2.6%

For 4.9 s R < 8

• tube O.D., Ovality s 2.8%

Where R = bending radius Tubes with a minimum 12 inch centerline bend radius shall be thermally treated after "U" bending for a minimum of two hours.

Tubing signal to noise ratio shall be 15:1 or greater as determined by Purchaser approved procedure.

304.9.5 Tube-to-Tubesheet Joint Tubes shall be welded to the tubesheet and subsequently expanded for essentially the entire depth of the tubesheet and clad.

In general, the Seller shall provide a joint design which optimizes joint integrity and corrosion resistance.

Specifically, the joint shall be designed and fabricated to adequately satisfy the following requirements:

1.

The seal weld alone (with the joint in the unexpanded condition) shall be proven to leak tight through helium leak test or other means subject to Purchaser approval.

2.

Weld rollover or shrinkage shall not interfere with standard plug or sleeve installation or restrict the installation of a standard ECTprobe. Note that repairs to correct excessive weld rollover shall be per Purchaser approved procedures.

3.

Tubesheet hole size shall be optimized and controlled to minimize residual stresses / strain in expanded tubes and tubesheet ligaments and achieve optimum margin with respect to tube pullout requirements.

4.

Residual O.D. tensile stresses in expanded tubes shall not exceed 50% of the material yield strength (at ambient temperature and prior to any cold work) as measured by x-ray diffraction. Application of this requirement is subject to the following: Seller and Purchaser shall evaluate the suitability of x-ray diffraction to measure O.D. tensile stresses against this acceptance criterion, and if the x ray process is technically acceptable, Seller will perform.

5.

Crevice depth (between the tube and the top of the tubesheet shall be minimized. However, expansion of the tube, in-situ, above the top of the tubesheet is prohibited.

6.

He joint shall not permit the ingress of secondary fluid (weepage) below the crevice subject to the conditions imposed by operation of the RSG at power.

7.

It shall be proven that the structural integrity or corrosion resistance of the joint is not adversely impacted if the associated tube were to become locked in a tube support.

j 8.

Mockups fully representative of materials and fabrication processes related to thejoint shall be corrosion tested to ensure that the proposed configurations and fabrication techniques are acceptable regarding any tendency for corrosion cracking, excessive porosity or cracking at the mechanical transitions and welds.

Rese tests shall utilize corrosive media and will compare any tendency for cracking in the joint area versus straight and "U"-bend tube areas. The corrosion test method shall permit a valid comparison of results with historical test data and variousjoint configurations. The Seller shall recommend the test procedure and acceptance for Purchaser approval.

The Seller shall submit, for Purchaser approval, a procedural description of ajoint qualification program which provides empirical evidence (through testing on mockups which for practical purposes duplicates and envelopes worst i

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 - l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 50 of 143 l

case configuration and fabrication tolerances and service conditions of the RSG) that the proposedjoint design and

)

fabrication satisfies the stated requirements. The joint qualification program plan shall also include a description of the proposed joint design with any evidence derived from previous experience, analyses or testing, that the design satisfies the requirements of this specification. The Seller shall schedule the implementation of the program such that unexpected results do not adversely impact the RSG fabrication schedule. When completed, the joint qualification report shall be submitted for Purchaser approval.

304.9.6 Tube Supports 1

Tube support elements which make contact with the tubes shall not utilize carbon steel.

Tube support design shall be designed to minimize foreign material deposit buildup and steam traps which may result in steam blanketing and prevent damage or wear of tubes due to vibration.

Tube supports shall be designed such that the maximum unsupported tube length is acceptable with regard to flow induced vibration. The diametrical gap between tubes and U-bend supports shall be minimized. The Seller shall demonstrate that all tolerances and clearances are maintained after the RSG is moved from the horizontal to vertical position.

j As part of the RSG internals analysis,it shall be proven that the tube support system is adequately designed for 4

LOCA, and steam and feedwater line breaks plus seismic loadings. It is also important, with regard to tube supports, to reiterate the requirement that RSG internals shall be designed to accommodate chemical cleaning of the RSGs every five effective full power years, ne Seller shall provide evidence that tube supports are resistant to corrosion effects and failure as a result of stress corrosion cracking.

Tube supports shall be designed to avoid dryout at a tube-to-support intersection. He Seller shall specify to the Purchaser the parameters of " minimum dryout." he Seller shall state the maximum anticipated superheat at a tube-to-support intersection.

Tube supports and flow distribution elements (if used) shall be configured to maximize flow adjacent to the tube and to maintain the desired pressure drop. Tube support designs that reduce pressure drop in the bundle and increase circulation ratios are preferred within the constraints of induced detrimental tube vibration or wear.

To ensure tube bundle assembly and operation without tube damage, all tube contact regions shall be deburred and support edges rounded.

The U-bend support assembly procedure shall be submitted by the Seller for review and approval by the Purchaser prior to bundle assembly. His procedure shall include means to verify that all tubes are properly supported as designed.

304.9.6.1 Vibration Within the Tube Bundle The Seller shall provide a Vibration Report for Purchaser approval including an analysis for flow-induced and turbulence-induced vibration throughout the tube bundle and U-bend regions to show that fatigue failures, and excessive tube fretting and tube wear or wear of other RSG internals will not occur. Analysis of the effects of peak local flow in the bundle during steam outlet critical flow conditions shall be included. Effects of tube plugging on j

local flow / velocity shall be considered in tube vibration analyses. The tube bundle arrangement and supports shall be l

designed to ensure that the effective cross-flow velocity for any section of any tube will not exceed 75% of the effective fluidelastic critical cross-flow velocity (see Connors, " Flow Induced Vibration and Wear of Steam Generator Tubes," Nuclear Technology, Vol. 55, November,1981 for definition of terms), when using conservative Beta factors proven by test rest.its/past experience. The cited requirement shall also be imposed for the case of reduced damping associated with deposit buildup in gaps between tubes and supports in tube supports (including the case in which a tube or tubes actually become locked in the support) and the case oflack of contact at the single most critical tube support. In addition, the effects of circulation ratio on tube vibration shall be evaluated.

Any analytical techniques employed in evaluations shall be mutually agreed between the Seller and Purchaser.

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 51 of 143 l

The cited requirements shall apply during transient conditions which may result in increased steam flow for a of time sufficient to allow significant tube fatigue damage, as well as to steady state operation. As a minimum, the following transients shall be evaluated:

1.

Main steam isolation valve closure 2.

Stop valve closure 3.

Turbine trip 4.

Reactor trip 5.

Opening of atmospheric dump and turbine bypass valves 6.

Operation on less than all reactor coolant pumps or any other condition whereby the steam flow rate from a individual RSG must be administratively limited.

In the Vibration Report, the Seller shall provide results of analyses, modeling, and tests performed to demonstrate that detrimental flow-induced tube vibration and tube / support / flow distribution baffle damage will not occur over the full range of operating conditions. The methods used to determine overall and detailed flow characteristics shall be given,l and the methods of predicting local tube and other internals vibration and trends shall be provided.

In addition, the Seller shall provide analytical and experimentaljustification demonstrating that excessive tube wear does not occur with designs selected for tube supports and flow distribution elements. Thejustification shall be documented in the Vibration Report. The following subsections detail specific areas of concern with regard to tube wCar.

Seller shall provide specific information concerning tube diameter, number of tubes, tube pitch, maximum l

unsupported length of tube (in both straight and U-bend region), nominal tube to support gaps and tolerances and nominal tube wall thickness and tolerances. In addition, Seller shall submit descriptions of tube and tube placement l

i designs, addressing, as a minimum, cited Purchaser concerns regarding tube vibration and wear, quoting pertinent experience, analyses and tests with explicit description of rationale which verifies quoted sources as relevant. In j

addition, Seller shall submit descriptions of the methods and codes intended for use in vibration analyses.

l

]

Descriptions shall include the method of validation or verification.

i 304.9.6.1.1 (deleted]

304.9.6.1.2 Tube Wear in U-Bend Area and Remainder of the Tube Bundle The design of the U bends and remainder of the tube bundle shall be designed to prevent excessive tube wear or wear of,ther elements. As a minimum, adequacy regarding tube wear shall be demonstrated by comparison with actual steaci generator operating experience, if available and accompanied by calculations or other information demoutrating the applicability of the experience, and by eve.luation of calculations and tests. As a minimum, the following parameters shall be considered and addressed.

1.

Support / tube -- materials, maximum / minimum clearances, size / configuration of support, tube span between supports.

2.

Crossflow velocities, velocity distributions and mixture mass densities between tubes at each tube span between supports (considering maldistribution effects as well).

2.

Crossflow velocities and pressure drops through support areas.

4.

Tube diameter, wall thickness 4.:h spcing and arrangement.

5.

Operating time and measurenv;nts/ examinations for tube wear.

6.

Expectations regarding wear life.

i 1

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 52 of 143 ll 304.9.7 Feedwater Distribution Equipment Seller's design must accommodate existing system operating parameters regarding system operation of separate auxiliary and main feedwater nozzles.

Current parameters:

Startup.

Normally performed using 240 260 F Main Feedwater supplied through the Main Feedwater nozzle in a forward flushing mode during heatup above 340 F through power operation.

As an alternate method, constant 70 - 90*F Auxiliary Feedwater is supplied through the Auxiliary Feedwater nozzle during heatup until no greater than 6%

power.

Power Ooeration: Normally performed using Main Feedwater nozzle at temperatures defined in Item B2.4 of Supplement A.

For the alternate method, swap to Main Feedwater supply through Main Feedwater nozzle at 6% power (or lower) until 100% power at temperatures defined in Item B2.4 of Supplement A.

1 Shutdown:

Normally occurs with Main Feedwater supply through Main Feedwater Nozzle through cold shutdown conditions.

Designs must also accommodate the existing feedwater control system as described in Item B2.1 of Supplement A.

In addition, the Seller shall perform a structural analysis to provide eviderice that the feedwater delivery equipment shall not fail during a seismic or postulated water hammer event such that the subsequent operation of the RSG compromises the safe shutdown or long term reliability of the unit.

304.9.7.1 Deleted 304.9.7.2 Feedring Design ne Seller shall provide conclusive evidence through relevant experience, tests and analyses which address the Purchaser's primary concerns regarding adverse impact of erosion / corrosion, water and steam hammer and other damage resulting from the collapse of trapped voids, thermal stratification, mechanical and thermal fatigue failure and pressure drop across the component. Specific limitations concerning the feedring design follow.

All components of the feedwater distribution equipment shall be of all welded construction and shall be of materials which are resistant to erosion / corrosion, thermal fatigue and corrosion cracking.

Suitable access ports shall be provided in the feedring header to accommodate general inspection, repair and retrieval ofloose parts.

Configuration of the system shall be such as to avoid any trapping of steam, particularly at non-vented high points, which could result in water hammer, ne feedring shall be positioned such that it remains entirely submerged during normal operation. De design of the system and supports shall be sufficiently rugged to withstand any water hammer i

effects which may be postulated to occur. The design of the system shall prevent draining if water level falls below the feedring header, ne use of bellows is prohibited. He feedring assembly shall be solution annealed and thermally treated as appropriate for the material, after all welding and forming is completed (other than final installation welds.)

Pressure drop across the assembly shall not negatively impact station specific feedwater delivery capabilities (too high or too low).

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 53 of 143 l

Note that all conditions and limitations previously described are applicable to the auxiliary feedwater header as well.

l 304.9.7.3 Main and Auxiliary Feedwater Nozzles i

The main and auxiliary feedwater nozzles shall be located and oriented as specified by the Purchaser. The Seller shall provide documentation of as-built location and orientation within stated shop tolerances.

The nozzle assemblies shall be of all welded construction without gaskets or slip fits and shall be of materials which are resistant to crosion/ corrosion, thermal fatigue and corrosion cracking, l

Main feedwater nozzles shall be furnished with a single thermal sleeve.

l

[

Nozzle design shall utilize only full penetration welds and shall be adequate to avoid any destructive thermal gradient effects or fatigue cracking.

The Seller shall qualify the nozzles (thermal sleeves in particular) for exposure to post RSG installation PWHT j

performed by the Purchaser.

304.9.8 Moisture Separation Equipment Moisture separation equipment requirements regarding steam loading, carryover, carryunder and draining are i

provided in this Specification. The design of this equipment shall be specified by the Seller and submitted for Purchaser's approval. This submittal shall contain sufficient information to demonstrate adequacy based on past j

successful experience, tests and analyses as well as sufficient detail to demonstrate the applicability of the related tests and experience. Seller shall address corrective action taken to preclude recurrence of previous unsatisfactory performance of Seller's separators in a recently completed replacement project, providing sufficient technical 3

justification and test data tojustify the design proposed for Purchaser's steam generators.

If this equipment contains perforated plates, screens or drains which may be subject to fouling, technical justification and cleaning requirements shall be provided.

1 The Seller shall ensure and document through relevant experience, tests and analyses that the moisture separation equipment is structurally rugged and that its function will not be inhibited by crosion/ corrosion mechanisms or fouling over the life of the RSG.

All moisture separator equipment shall be capable of being visually inspected for fouling or structural damage, e.g., due to vibration / fatigue or erosion / corrosion. All moisture separator equipment shall be capable of either being repaired and cleaned in place or shall be replaceable.

304.9.9 Instrument Taps A minimum of four (4) upper narrow range, one (1) upper wide range, four (4) lower new range and one (1) lower wide range level taps shall be provided on each Replacement Steam Generator. One (3) additional instrument tap shall be provided on the upper head of the steam drum penetrating the chamber between the secondary separator deck 4

and the steam outlet nozzle. Taps shall be half couplings as specified in the nozzle table located in Supplement A.

3 Spare taps shall be closed with caps which form part of the ASME Code pressure boundary, Location to be determined by the Purchaser at the period of detail design.

304.9.10 Blowdown, Drain Provisions and Sludge Management ne RSG shall include provisions for blowdown of water (with little if any steam) from the area at the elevation of the tubcsheet compatible with existing plant systems and equipment.

4 l

Blowdown system design flow capability shall be at least one (1) percent of total feedwater flow rate continuously for normal operation and up to (3) percent for short periods (i.e.,4 days twice per year), ne design of the blowdown piping and nozzles shall incorporate features to minimize the potential for damage due to crosion, corrosion, flow-

l l

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 54 of 143 ll induced vibration or water hammer. RSG design shall allow blowdown at any pressure and temperature. Blowdown system design should provide improved flow distribution across the tubesheet such that sludge lancing would be required only during a chemical cleaning.

He Seller shall prepare a report for Purchaser approval which fully describes the RSG blowdown features including appropriate drawings or sketches as well as expected dissolved and particulate removal performance (with supporting data based on actual plant experience or tests). In this report, the Seller shall also provide a thermal / hydraulic analysis of the blowdown provisions, including estimated erosion / corrosion versus blowdown rate over the life of the unit. If the blowdown impurity concentrations are expected to differ from the steam generator bulk water impurity concentrations,(due to feedwater dilution, etc.), this report should also provide the relationship between the two at all power levels.

)

RSG design shall allow complete draining of the steam generator primary and secondary sides. Primary side drain capacity shall be in accordance with requirements of 304.9.2. The shell drain system shall be designed tu provide the capability to drain the steam generator at any temperature up to and including hot standby. Blowdown c.'.en my Se utilized to provide this hot drain capability.

1 304.9.11 Wet Layup Provisions and Shell Fluid Sampling De Seller shall include provisions for maintaining the RSG in the wet layup cc'4 dea specifically designed to ensure adequate mixing in the tube bundle. Description of the proposed design shall bc accompanied by relevant experience, 1

tests and analyses which provide conclusive evidence that the design satisfies its functional requirements. Seller shall submit descriptions of the wet layup recirculation and sampling provisions addressing, as a minimum, the ability to satisfy the intended function, quoting pertinent experience, analyses and tests with explicit description of rationale which verifies quoted sources as relevant.

He Seller shall also include provisions for obtaining representative water samples from the tube bundle region and blowdown fluid (separately). Sampling capability should not be restricted by RSG conditions (power operation versus layup.)

De proposed designs shall be submitted for Purchaser approval and shall minimize impact on existing interfacing systems such as blowdown, chemical addition, chemistry sampling and auxiliary feedwater.

3M.9.12 Steam and Feedwater Flow Limiting Devices ne Seller shah vpiy each RA with an integral steam nozzle flow limiting device to limit flow from the RSG after a postulated steam line break as well as another flow limiter to limit pipe break flow in case of a feed line break.

De pipe break flow limiting characteristics and the normal operating flow / pressure drop characteristics shall be the same as in the existing design for both these flow limiters. The Seller shall recommend the designs of these flow limiters so as to prevent undue noise and turbulence during normal operation. A separate flow limiting device is not required (especially in the feed line) if other hardware in the flow path of the RSG will achieve the required flow limiting and pressure drop characteristics noted above.

He Seller shall submit the designs of these flow limiters for Purchaser approval, including pertinent technical justification which demonstrates all requirements of this specification are met.

Calibration of Steam Flow Restrictor As an option, the Seller shall provide a calibrated steam flow restrictor that has been calibrated in accordance with ASME code requirements and can be used for secondary side calorimetrics in lieu of the feedwater flow venturis which have a tendency to foul. Purchaser required accuracy on nozzle flow coefficient, 'K', is 10.5% at 100% of nominal steam flow. Deliverables of this option are design calculations, instrument tap locations, test procedures and resultant data.

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacernent Stearn Generators l

Page 55 of 143 l

304.9.13 Nozzles and Connections The Seller shall furnish the required nozzles and miscellaneous connections as indicated herein and in Supplement A.

s All nozzles are to be fabricated with safe end or nozzle body (in the case of nozzles without safe ends) materials selecte.' to be compatible with modern installation practices and methods.

1 304.9.13.1 Wet Layup/ Chemical Cleaning Nozzle - Deleted.

l 304.9.13.2 Auxiliary Feedwater Nozzle - One nozzle outside wrapper suitable for operation. Seller shall design internal piping for auxiliary feedwater delivery to maximize cold water distribution and minimize thermal shock to wrapper

)

assembly, primary and secondary separators, secondary shell, tube bundle. Cold water interaction with water level 4

instrument taps shall also be minimized.

304.9.13.3 (Main) Feedwater Nozzle - One nozzle outside wrapper qualified for operation with and without the auxiliary feedwater.

304.9.13.4 Miscellaneous Design Criteria 3

i 304.9.13.4.1 Caps and plugs for optional nozzles shall be designed and qualified as part of the pressure boundary of the pressure vessel. Cap and plug design shall be as such to facilitate Purchaser's removal under field conditions.

304.9.13.4.2 Design of weld end connections shall be submitted for Purchaser approval with appropriate time for review (minimum of thirty days) without impacting fabrication schedule, e

304.9.13.4.3 Sleeve Type Nozzles 1

i Per this paragraph, a sleeve type nozzle is defined as a nozzle consisting of a sleeve, typically of corrosion resistant material, which penetrates the pressure vessel wall and is structurally attached and sealed by a weld at the inside diameter of the vessel (usually to the vessel and its cladding). The Purchaser considers it undesirable to use this type nozzle; however, if used, Purchaser approval is required and the following requirements shall be met:

An Inconel weld buildup pad shall be provided on the outside of the vessel around the nozzle sufficient for future welding to the nozzle for sealing and structural load capability per ASME Code requirements, in case of future nozzle cracking or leaks in the vicinity ofits weld at the inside diameter of the vessel. This pad shall be provided before vessri e ss relief and shall have undergone suitable nondestructive testing including ultrasonic test per applicable ASME Code requirements.

Inconel 600 shali nct be used for such nozzles.

304.9.14 Tube Bundle Entrance and Flow Distribution Elements The Seller shall submit, for Purchaser approval, an evaluation to demonstrate that the downcomer, the tube bundle entrance area and flow distribution element configurations will not tend to concentrate deposits on tubes or flow port areas and will not cause wear, excessive vibration or fatigue of the tubes. His submittal shall consider the effects of tubesheet/ tube deflections as well as tolerance effects to ensure no undesired contact between flow distribution elements (or other devices in this area) and the tuber. His submittal shall contain sufficient evidence to demonstrate design adequacy based on past successful experience, tests and analyses as well as sufficient detail to demonstrate the applicability of the related tests and experience.

304.9.15 Lifting Provisions The Seller shall provide lifting provisions for the RSG with input from the Purchaser concerning specific requirements for lifting and subject to Purchaser approval. Lifting provisions shall satisfy the following requirements:

i I

ne lifting apparatus shall be fully qualified and tested by the Seller in accordance with applicable codes and standards.

I

1 l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 56 of 143 l

The proposed lifting apparatus shall accommodate both the existing steam generator as well as the RSG.

It is recommended that the lifting apparatus consist of two components: A bolt-on component which will attach to existing steam generator as wel; as to the RSGs and a trunnion integral to the RSG which accepts the bolt-on component. The Purchaser shall determine the location and orientation of the RSG lifting trunnion to maximize equipment hatch clearances and optimize on-site lifting and handling. Seller's scope does not include a spreader beam or similar device. Only lifting trunnions which can be bolted to the manways will be supplied by the Seller.

Re Seller shall ensure and provide documentation that, as installed, the centerline of the lifting apparatus is perpendicular to the RSG centerline within one degree.

3N.9.16 Insulation The Seller shall be responsible for providing flexible blanket type insulation for the RSGs. An insulation specification and identification of the insulation subcontractor shall be prepared for Purchaser's review and comments and submitted to Purchaser for approval. Installation of insulation shall not cause adverse impact to the Purchaser's on-site preparatory activities during RSG installation or negatively impact the installation outage schedule proper. Heat load analysis and seismic qualification of the insulation shall be performed by Seller or insulation su.bcontractor with design requirements obtained from Purchaser. This is an option to the Purchaser at cost plus 10%.

3N.9.17 MaterialIdentification All forged material subjected to pressure, such as channel heads, tubesheets, shell sections, etc., shall be legibly stamped, before fabrication, with the material manufacturer's name or symbol, the melt of slab numbers, Heat Numbers or other identifying marks, on the outside of the vessel in locations to afford visibility after fabrication. Low stress stamps shall be used.

Vessel nameplates shall be stainless steel, shall be supported on brackets away from the shell, and shall include Seller's mark and order numbers and the information required by the ASME Code. A nameplate rubbing shall be submitted to the Purchaser for approval prior to nameplate attachment. Nameplate brackets shall have adequate depth so that the nameplate will not be covered with the insulation. The nameplate shall be located so as to avoid interference with installation upending equipment; the selected site shall be subject to Purchaser's approval.

When an identifying number is assigned to a piece of equipment (other than the Replacement Steam Generator) covered by this specification, this identification shall be placed either on the equipment or on a tag securely attached to the equipment before shipment. The tag shall include the Purchaser's Purchase Order Number. If attaching the tag to the equipment is not practical, e.g., gaskets, the tag can be securely attached to the protective package of the equipment.

3N.9.18 Fasteners Inside the RSG The use of threaded fasteners inside the RSG shall be minimized in consideration of problems associated with loose parts. If threaded fasteners are used, the following is required:

he design and installation of all such fasteners must be evaluated in a report prepared by the Seller for Purchaser approval.

The detail design, including preload requirements and the materials and heat heatments used, shall be presented along with evaluations / calculations which demonstrate adequacy for all conditions. He load and fatigue capability of the fastener shall be at least as great as that of the fastened part.

l De method of locking shall include a separate member which would rctain any troken pieces of the fastener if cracking were to occur in the threaded, under head or shank portion of the fastener. Tack welding of the fastener directly to the fastened part is prohibited. Fasteners may be welded to the fastened parts ONLY in the locations identified in Attachment 7 where welding is called out as the locking method. Purchaser's approval shall be obtained prior to the use of fasteners in locations not identified in Attachment 7.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators l

Page 57 of 143 l

304.9.19 Accessories and Spare Parts 304.9.19.1 Spare Parts All spare parts provided shall be provided with documentation which ensures that the spares are the same with respect to form, fit, function, material and method of manufacture as the original equipment.

The Seller shall provide a list of recommended spare parts which includes manufacturer's identification, 4

materials of construction, complete ordering information, shelf life if appropriate and generic equivalents.

The list shall be submitted in a bill of materials type format, j

If practical, and in accordance with the principle of steam generator improvement, spare parts shall be interchangeable with the Purchaser's existing inventory.

Spare studs, nuts and washers required for primary and secondary manways shall be provided to replace all such components on one RSG per Station Unit.

The Seller shall supply (6) spare safe ends and (6) sections (3' min le'ngth) of pipe identical to the Purchaser's l

primary piping for use in weld mockups.

Non-manway (handhole or inspection port) studI, nuts and washers shall be provided to replace all such components on one RSG per Station Unit.

Four spare primary manway diaphragms.

I The Seller shall provide the Purchaser with detailed drawings of all gaskets to enable the Purchaser to fabricate or puichase replacement gaskets. A list of Seller approved gasket suppliers shall also be provided.

304.9.19.2 Accessories At Purchaser's option, Seller shall provide nozzle dams for one unit plus one spare (total of five) from a subsupplier based on Purchaser's specification at cost plus 10%. Nozzle dam warranty shall be as provided by nozzle dam supplier.

304.9.19.2.1 Stud Tensioners and Radiation Shield Doors j

The Seller shall provide light weight, multistud tensioners and fully functional test stands and radiation shield doors to accommodate any RSG accesses which are of a size or configuration that precludes the use of the Purchaser's existing stud tensioning equipment. Purchaser currently utilizes only Flexitallic liydratight primary stud tensioning l

equipment. The Seller shall submit specifications for primary and secondary stud tensioning equipment and raon. mended supplier for Purchaser approval. As a minimum, the following tensioners shall be provided:

Five stud tensioners for the primary manways (18")

e Three stud tensioners for handhole ports (6")

One stud tensioner for the secondary manway (16")

Two stud tensioners for the tube support plate inspection ports (2")

e Additional stud tensioners may be required,if additional access openings are not addressed by these stud tensioners.

Purchaser approval shall be obtained prior to finalizing design where access ports requiring additional stud tensioners are included in the design.

Nine interchangeable primary manway radiation shield doors are required. Radiation shield doors shall incorporate the following design features at a minimum:

Total assembled weight can be handled by two persons.

Maximum single component weight can be handled by one person.

Attenuates radiation levels by 60% at the primary manway.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 58 of 143 ll Provides for direct quick fastening of nominal 8 inch flexible ventilation hose, e

j Ventilation hose attachment fitted with movable damper.

e Allows for penetration by cables or hoses while door is closed or open.

Can be fully opened with ventilation hose installed to permit access.

Permits maintenance on all but (4) manway mounting stud holes while installed.

Can be installed in less than 3 minutes.

Can be locked closed by standard pad locks.

Seller shall obtain these accessories (stud tensioners and fully functional test stands and radiation shield doors) from a subsupplier based on Purchaser's specification at cost plus 10%. Warranty for these items shall be as provided by subsupplier.

304.9.I9.2.2 Mockup s

ne Seller shall provide a mockup of the RSG channel head area for Purchaser training purposes. Mockup design shall be submitted for Purchaser approval and shall consider, as a minimum, the following features 1

The mockup shall be full scale and be representative of the RSG from the channelhead up to and including the first

{

tube support. Representation of 100% of tubes is not required.

1 Carbon steel is acceptable material, except as noted.

Primary nozzles shall include safe ends for welding demonstration. These spares are counted in the (6) spares required to be provided.

All manways, handholes and inspection ports in the area of the RSG represented by the mockup shall be included in the mockup and be dimensionally accurate.

At least one manway, handhole and inspection port cover represented shall be capable of having studs tensioned with the multistud tensioner used for the RSG in service. At least one primary manway and cover shall accommodate use of the manway cover handling device used for the RSG in service, In addition, the primary manway shall accommodate installation of radiation doors and remote manipulators used or to be used by the Purchaser.

The mockup shall be supported such that safe use of the multistud tensioner is permitted and height of the primary manways above the floor represents the height of the RSG manways above the maintenance platform as installed in the Purchaser's plant.

Tlie full depth of the tubesheet shall be represented, however, the mockup tubesheet may consist of a minimum 4 inch bottom plate and minimum 2 inch top plate, spaced to represcia the full thickness of the tubesheet.

The tubesheet shall be marked in the same manner as the RSG.

The mockup shall contain test block sections (approximately 8 X 12 inches) located in the tubesheet periphery, center and adjacent to the divider plate. Note that if only one block is supplied, a must be capable of easy insertion and removal at the three locations specified.

Tbc test blocks shall consist of full depth sections of tubesheet, clad and with tubes inserted and joined to tubesheet.

Test blocks shall duplicate all materials, configuration, heat treatment and other fabrication processes used for the RSG.

Outside the test block locations tubes shall be inserted and expanded in the 4 inch plate, ensuring that the assembly is dimensionally representative of the RSG. Outside of the test block locations, tube material is not required to be representative of the RSG.

Nozzle dam rings identical to those provided for the RSG shall be installed.

he mockup shall be two pieces, separated along the divider plate, for ease ofinstallation.

1 i

l 4R129NS1014. Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 59 of 143

]

304.9.19.3

[ Deleted]

304.9.20

[ Deleted) i 304.9.21 Tube Plugs and Stabilizers for Manufacturing Defects (Prior to RSG Installation)

The Seller shall recommend, for Purchaser approval, the detailed design and installation procedure of the tube plug, 2

3 or stabilizer, and the specific tubes to be plugged or stabilized, in order to meet all requirements of this specification including the pertinent Technical Specifications and R.G.1.121. The location / configuration of these plugs and stabil-izers shall be evaluated and made such as to have a minimum effect on future maintenance operations, e.g.,

positioning of remote maintenance equipment. Pertinent technicaljustification (experience, tests, analysis) shall be j

provided in a report by the Seller for Purchaser approval to demonstrate adequacy of the tube plug or stabilizer to the j

same extent as required for installed tubes per this Specification. Stabilizers shall be used wherever needed in any case where the tube is to be plugged and if the assumpt:.on of tube arne M ihe Afcct could cause additional damage. Purchaser expects the replacement steam generators to be delivered with no tunes plugged. If more than five l

tubes in any generator must be plugged as a result of manufacturing defects, the provisions of the Liquidated Damages Schedule in the Terms and Conditions shall apply as applicable.

t The Seller shall also ensure and identify that fabricators of fully qualified plugs, sleeves and stabilizers are available to the Purchaser subsequent to RSG installation.

304.10 Maintenance Reauirements 304.10.1 Access The Purchaser requires direct access to all areas of the RSG subject to required and probable (based on industry experience) maintenance and inspection. In addition, the Purchaser requires, as practical, direct or indirect (through remote optical means) access to inspect areas suspected or proven through industry experience to be susceptible to deposit buildup or degradation mechanisms such as cracking, erosion, corrosion or wear. To emphasize, access 4

includes RSG internal, as well as standard external, accommodations.

t Location of external access shall consider physical constraints presented by the Purchaser's plant.

i The design of the closures shall be specified by the Seller so as to achieve adequate gasket preload to prevent leakage.

His preload shall be in excess of the minimum required by the ASME Code. Analyses / comparisons with test results shall be furnished by the Seller for Purchaser information to ensure against leakage at handholes and manways.

Studs, nuts, and washers used for manway closures and handholes shall each have unique identification marks. Bolts shall not be used for any pressure boundary handhole or manway closures including covers for wrapper ports. All studs shall incorporate provision for elongation measurements (where feasible) and UT examination (for defects and for stresses during torquing) of the installed stud. The recommended lubricant for all studs and nuts shall be specified i

by the Seller and submitted for Purchaser approval. He Seller shall provide strain and torque requirements for all studs and nuts using the Purchaser approved lubricant to enable the Purchaser to manually torque individual studs in emergency situations where the multistud tensioner is inoperative, impractical or unavailable. Studs and nuts shall bc designed to accommodate use of a multistud tensioner.

Primary manway studs shall be of one piece construction (welding is not permitted) and incorporate elongation rods for identification of accurate tension. All other studs shall incorporate means (machined flats) to allow UT of studs to determine proper tension.

At Purchaser option, the Seller shall provide features for primary and secondary manway covers to facilitate their 1

removal, insta!!ation, handling and storage (i.e., davits, swinging or sliding supports attached to the RSG shell.)

j All pressure boundary openings in the RSG shall be gasketed and their closures provided with a corrosion resistant 4

diaphragm which has an electropolish (or other, at Purchaser's option) finish on the wetted surface. The diaphragm shall have provisions for secure placement during access cover installation. The design of closures shall be such as to i

e 4-

l 4R129NS1014. Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacernent Stearn Generators l

Page 60 of 143 ll l

allow seal welding of the diaphragm subsequent to RSG installation. At the Purchaser's option, diaphragms will be i

j identified which are to be seal welded by the Seller prior to RSG delivery. Features ahsil be provided to ensure that access covers are installed in the proper orientation (i.e. correct side out) and accommodate regired handling devices.

All pressure boundary gasket seating surfaces shall have a minimum 0.375 inch thick corrosion resistant cladding, satisfying all other cladding requirements addressed in this specification. 'lhe cladding for all gasket seating surfaces j

shall be such as to allow machining and weld deposit buildup for maintenance of these surfaces for the life of the RSG.

He!icoil iepairs for manufacturing defects are prohibited, however, pressure boundary closures shall be qualified for 1

helicoil repair after the RSGs are placed in service.

The Seller shall qualify other areas of the RSG, specifying size and location, for in service addition of pressure boundary penetrations.

It is recommended that the Seller provide manways with configuration identical to the Purchaser's existing equipment to allow the Purchaser to continue use of existing stud tensioning equipment.

The Seller shallinclude:

One 18 inch primary manway in each side of the channel head of each steam generator Two 16 inch manways on the steam drum of each steam generator @ 180*

A minimum of six, minimum 6 inch handholes located to permit inspection and sludge lance of the secondary face of the tubesheet Two 2 inch inspection ports at each tube surr art plate (located suitable for use for support plate sludge e

lancing) @ 180' Inspection access to feedring heatr internals Inspection access to moisture separation equipment.

e Inspection access to the top of the tube bundle.

304.10.2 Preventive Maintenance The Seller shall recommend, for Purchaser information, the methods and frequency for preventive maintenance techniques which should be applied. As a minimum, during the first refueling outage following replacement, maintenance shall include visual inspection of one of the sludge collectors and sludge lancing of all four tubesheets.

The frequency of future sludge collector cleanings and tubesheet sludge lancing will be based on data obtained during the first outage, future plant operation experience, and mutually agreed criteria (e.g.,20 lbs of sludge per generator at top of tubesheet). (Sludge collector cleaning frequency will not be required more often than once per five years.) In l

addition, Seller shall recommend future preventive maintenance activities which are shown to be beneficial based on adequate testing and/or experience.

The Seller shall recommend for Purchaser information the conditions under which the RSG is to be maintained whe not operating, including periods of storage, installation, cold shutdown, wet lay up, and dry lay up. Special provisions for achieving these conditions shall be described by the Seller in a report for Purchaser information.

The Seller shall incorporate into the design of the RSG, features necessary to facilitate sludge removal specifically from the tubesheet and tube supports and the general operation of chemical cleaning.

The Seller shall provide a report for Purchaser approval which details the design and access for sludge lancing together with an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design, including the effects of tube layout, tube pitch, and tube lane blocking devices, if any, and experience with a similar tube arrangement in an actual steam generator. As a minimum, this report shall provide sufficient information tojustify a high degree of confidence that the RSG design can be adequately sludge lanced. In addition, the Seller shall be responsible for provision of a mockup suitable for demonstration of sludge lancing operations.

If tube lane blocking devices are utilized, they shall be permanently installed, not requiring removal for maintenance.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 61 of 143 l

The Seller snall include provisions for mounting acoustic sensors. This mounting system shall be compatible with the existing loose parts monitoring system. Locations and mounting details shall be provided by the Purchaser.

Each RSG shall incorporate design features which will permit the maintenance and repair radiation exposures to be As Low As Reasonably Achievable (ALARA) following the philosophy and requirements of R.G.s 8.8 and 8.10. The Seller shall specifically document these features in the Topical Report.

Weld surfaces and adjacent base metal material shall be prepared to accommodate ultrasonic testing with weld crowns ground flat and smooth with adjacent base metal. The finish shall be minimum 125 RMS.

304.11 Material Recuirements 304.11.1 Acceptable Materials Pressure boundary materials shall conform to the requirements of ASME III Division 1 and 10 CFR 50, Appendix B for RSGs and shall be certified as required in NCA-3867.4,3867.5, and 3867.6 and ASME III. Nonpressure boundary materials shall meet the requirements of ASME II, ASTM, or ANSI Standards. Safety-related nonpressure boundary materials shall be manufactured under a QA program in accordance with 10CFR50, Appendix B.

A list of all materiais (including heat treatments) shall be submitted by the Seller for the Purchaser's approval. 'Ihe Seiler shall provide relevant test data and/or in service performance experience to demonstrate that all materials, processing and heat treatments are adequate for the intended environment and service life. In particular, the Seller shall demonstrate by test or analysis that the materials incorporated into the proposed RSG design are compatible with regard to such items as fabricability, thermal expansion, and corrosion resistance.

1 Material certification for all materials used shall be included in QA documentation submitted to the Purchaser at a time prior to RSG shipment sufficient for any Purchaser concerns identified to be addressed without RSG delivery delay.

For all materials which will contact primary system water, the cobalt content shall be 0.lk maximum, by weight an shall be documented and reported to the Purchaser for information.

Weld deposit cladding shall bc Type 309L for the first pass and Type 308L for subsequent passes or 1152 /152 for cladding of the channel head,its nozzles and manways as wc!! as for cladding of vessel and head gasket seating surfaces on both the primary and secondary sides.

Tubesheet cladding shall be recommended by the Seller for Purchaser approval, although an automated Inconel related (152 cladding in particular) is recommended.

Channel head, tubeside and shellside pressure boundary materials shall be limited to SA 533 GrB Class I plate and SA 508 Class 3A forgings.

l Fastener materials with an actual yield strength greater than 140 KSI or an actual ultimate strength greater than 150 KS! shall not be used.

Tube support material shall be demonstrated from service and/or steam generator mockup tests to be adequately corrosion resistant to resist tube denting under normal and off-nominal water chemistry conditions. Further, the support plate material shall have been demonstrated to provide an adequate tube fretting / wear couple with the tube to ensure realization of steam generator design life, l

The use of Inconel 600, UNS # W86182 and N06082 weld filler metal or its chemical equivalent for welds, cladding or other parts, and Chromium or other plating processes are prohibited unless specific applications are identified and justified by the Seller and approved by the Purchaser.

j

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 62 of 143 l

304.11.2 Requirements for Ferritic Materials Cm!cliance with tne fracture toughness requirements of 10 CFR 50, Appendix G. " Fracture Toughness Requuaments," and paragraph NB 2300 or NC-2300 of the ASME Code, Section IIIis required for primary and secondany side pressure boundary materials. Appropriate impact or fracture toughness tests (including ASTM E203 1981 Edition drop weight test) shall be performed on pressure boundary materials (including the primary and secondary pressure boundary an<l welds connecting the two) to prove compliance with the ASME Code,Section III, Appendix G. Failure of the subject tests shall be identified to the Purchaser and be considered sufficient cause for Purchaser rejection. In addition, the tests shall conclusively demonstrate that primary side and secondary side hydrostatic tests can be performed at temperatures as low as 70*F. The Seller shall provide this evaluation for Purchaser approval.

J The sulfur content of ferritic pressure boundary base materials shall be restricted to 0.015 percent maximum (heat analysis) and 0.018 percent maximum (product analysis).

Ferritic base material shall be tested for mechanical properties and impact or fracture toughness properties following a l

simulated post weld heat treatment.

Sc!!cr shall submit specifications for weld materials for Purchaser approval.

304.!!.3 Requirements for Austenitic Stainless Steels All austenitic stainless steels shall be procured in the solution annealed condition. The solution anneal method and process used shall as detailed in the applicable material specification with all required approvals. Hardness of austenitic stainless stects shall be less than 92 HRB, as received by the Seller before processing.

Wrought or cast austenitic stainless steels shall not be subjected to manufacturing processes or conditions that are known or suspected to be a cause of sensitization. If a process which may potentially result in sensitization cannot be avoided, the Seller shall:

1.

Specify a stabilized grade stainless steel for the application, OR 2.

Specify a low carbon (0.03% C Max.) grade stainless steel.

AND 3.

Perform a solution anneal heat treatment on the component after all potential sensitizing treatments are

complete, OR 4.

Conduct ASTM A 262 Practice A and E (if necessary) on coupons of the same heats of material subjected to the sensitizing manufacturing processes to demonstrate mitigation of sensitization. Specifically, the coupons shall be subjected to the same time / temperature exposure as the manufacturing process, then tested per A 262.

To clarify, requirements are satisfled by the following combinations of the provisions enumerated above:

1. 1 alone, or #2 and #3, or #2 and '#4.

In addition, austenitic stainless steels shall not be subjected to manufacturing conditions such that cold work greater than 2% outer fiber strain is produced on wetted surfaces. Wetted surfaces are those surfaces exposed to primary water, secondary water or steam,in service. If manufacturing processes dictate that induced strain in excess of the specified limit can not be avoided, the Seller shall:

Perform a solution anneal of the component,

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 63 of 143 l

AND

]

Demonstrate that neither the manufacturing process nor the solution anneal process produces a sensitized condition by conducting ASTM A 262 Practice A and E (if necessary) on coupons of the same heats of material subjected to the i

solution anneal. The coupons shall be subjected to the same time / temperature exposure as the solution anneal, then tested per A 262.

Austenitic stainless steels shall not be subjected to heavy grinding or machining. If a surface is discolored by the heat of grinding or machining, the discoloration shall be removed by additional grinding or machining at feeds, speeds and pressures which do not produce discoloration.

All austenitic stainless steel castings shall have a ferrite content of 5 FN minimum to 20 FN maximum. The ferrite content shall be determined by direct measurement only, with approved and calibrated instruments. All austenitic stainless steel castings shall be solution annealed in accordance with applicable and approved material specifications.

304.11.4 Tube Material Tube material shall be Alloy 690.

Tubes shall be seamless.

Seller shall supply to the Purchaser relevant evidence, including laboratory, model boiler, and in plant testing data to demonstrate that the fabricated tubing will provide the expected service life of the RSG. His evidence shall include operation, in normal and abnormal environments, using the design details, such as support materials and 4

configurations to evaluate wear properties, fatigue properties and corrosion resistance.

The Seller shall establish the minimum ccoditions necessary (in tube material, tube processing and in-plant operation) 4 in order to achieve the maximum resistance to primary and secondary side corrosion. Data to support proper chemical composition and tube processing (including effects on microstructure and carbide solubility and precipitation) must be presented to support any conclusions. Additionally, heat transfer characteristics including thermal conductivity and tube oxide formation (during in-plant service) shall also be shown by relevant laboratory, model boiler and in-plant testing, as being understood and considered in the design of the RSG. Where additional testing work is to occur after Contract award, to finalize tube properties and processing techniques, plans and schedules for this testing shall be i

submitted to Purchaser. He results of all tests must be presented to the Purchaser for acceptance prior to beginning tube material production or tube fabrication.

i J

l Further, and in conjunction with the pre production qualification program requirements addressed in Section 304.9.4.2 of this Specification, the Se!!cr shall submit, for Purchaser approval, a complete description of the entire tube fabrication process from material melting through shipment including detailed purchasing documents / instructions to the Seller's tube suppliers, procedures and controls to ensure a satisfactory product.

The requirements of Section 2 of EPRI Document NP-6743-L shall apply as a minimum, with enhanced requirements described in this specification. If requirements in this Specification appear to conflict with requirements in any referenced codes or documents, these conflicts shall be referred to the Purchaser for resolution prior to tube production.

4 l

304.11.4.1 Material Chemistry ne chemical composition of each heat shall be determined in accordance with ASTM E38 or alternative (as approved by Purchaser) by analysis from the ladle or remelted ingot. A product check analysis shall be performed on one piece

.of a randomly selected tube from each lot of finished tubing.

2 Chemical analysis for carbon shall be performed using the combustion gas chromatographic or infrared method in accordance with ASTM B354 or other qualified method. The method used shall have been demonstra*ed to accurately determine carbon concentration to within 2 0.002% Samples for carbon analysis shall be representative of the full wall thickness, e.g., they shall be performed using rnaterial from through thickness drilling.

i 4

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 64 of 143 l

The chemical analysis results in percent shall be accurately reported to three decimal places.

The chemistry for ladle, check and product analyses shall be in accordance with the following:

ALLOY 690 TUBING CHEMISTRY Element l

Percent 1

Nickel (min) 58.0 Chromium 28.5 - 31.0 Iron 8.0- 11.0 Carbon (avelrange) 0.020/ 0.015 - 0.025 Silicon (max) 0 50 Manganese (max) 0.50 Cobalt (ave / max)

< 0.014 / 0.016 Copper (max) 0.50 Sulfur (max) 0.010 1

Phosphorus (max) 0.015 4

Nitrogen (max) 0.05 Aluminum (Total)(max) 0.50 Boron (max) 0.004 Titanium & Tantalum (max) 0.40 Molybdenum (max) 0.2 Niobium (max) 0.1 304.11.4.2 Cleaning Water Chemistry j

Water used for cleaning shall be demineralized and meet the following chemistry requirements, as a minimum:

CLEANING WATER CHEMISTRY REQUIREMENTS 1

Sodium ion 0.05 ppm, max Chloride ion 0.05 ppm, max Fluoride ion 0.05 ppm, max Sulfate ion 0.05 ppm, max Conductivity 2.0 micro siemens / cm, max pH 6.0 to 8.0 Clarity No turbidity, Oil or Sediment Total suspended solids 0.11 ppm, max 3(M.11.4.3 Detrimental Materials The tubing shall not contact materials, compounds, or elements in quantities or concentrations that could have a deleterious effect on performance or longevity of the tubing. Detrimental material controls shall be applied during all i

phases of tubing fabrication, tube bundle assembly and any subsequent RSG fabrication processes. Detrimental materials include, but are not limited to: lead, copper, mercury, cadmium or other low melting point metals or alfoys, chlorides and red lead-graphite-mineral oil or molybdenum disulfide lubricants.

304.11.4.4 Tube Identification he Seller shall establish and maintain a system for the identification and control of materials. Rese measures shall ensure that identification of the tubing is maintained by heat and lot number either on individual tubes or on records traceable to the tube during shipment and installation. For each RSG, the Seller shall provide documentation which identifies all tube locations by heat and lot number.

1 l

l l 4R129NS1014. Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 65 of 143 l

j 304.11.5 Consumable Material j

A consumable material is defined as a material which comes in contact with the RSG.

De consumable materials covered by this specification include, as a minimum, adhesives, caps and plugs, desiccants, labels, leak testing fluids, general lubricants, machining lubricants and coolants, marking materials, NDT penetrant materials (i.e., those materials used in the performance of penetrant examination, including dye penetrant agent, penetrant remover, emulsifier, developer, and specified unique post-cleaning agents), rust preventatives. tapes, temperature indicating sticks, ultrasonic testing couplants, weld purge dams, welding-cutting compounds, wrapping materials including temporary insulating materials, cleaning agents, solvents, grit blast materials, grinding and cutting wheels, gloves, shoe covers, and ' snoop

• solutions.

Detrimental materials such as lead, copper, mercury, and other low melting point materials, their alloys and/or their compounds, chlorides, fluorides, sulfates and sulfur shall not be included in these products at measurable levels unless identified to and approved by the Purchaser.

He Seller shall submit, for Purchaser approval, a list of all consumables within a Certified Product Report, specifically identifying and quantifying known and potential detrimental concituents including technicaljustification for their use. Such justification shall include pertinent test results for impurities (detrimental materials), quality control and procedures for removal if any planned or unplanned contact of the RSG with the subject materials is experienced.

304.11.6 Nozzle / Safe End Material With the exception of the primary nozzle safe ends, the Seller shall specify appropriately qualified nozzle / safe end fabrication and materials for Purchaser approval, however, austenitic stainless steel safe ends shall not be attached to the vessel prior to PWHT. The primary nozzle safe ends shall be forged 316L stainless steel.

All terminal point connection requirements shall be as required by the Purchaser to accomplish satisfactory interface.

De Seller shall consider and address the following recommended practices:

For primary coolant nozzles, UNS # N06052 (automated process) shall be used for buttering the channel head nozzles before PWHT and forged stainless steel safe ends shall be welded to the uttering utilizing the same filler material and similar automated process after PWHT.

It is further recommended that all buttering and safe end attachment be of a qualified and automated process.

304.11.7 Detrimental Materials It is the intent of the Purchaser to require that no detrimental materials contact the RSG. In order to realistically comply with this requirement, the Seller shall assume full responsibility for the provision of controls and sampling to ensure that any material within the RSG is not contacted 9 materials known or suspected to be detrimental. Further, the Seller is responsible for discovery and immediate notincation of the Pudaser regarding such contact.

Specifically, and as a minimum, the following prohibitions shall apply:

Molybdenum disulfide (MoS ) or any sulfur or lead bearing lubricant shall not be used on any components 2

Additional and specific prohibitions are detailed in other sections of this specification (i.e., Consumable Material and Tubing.)

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 66 of 143

]

304.12 Fabrication Fabrication of all RSG parts, and components shall be in accordance with this specification and Seller's Purchaser approved drawings, procedures, and reports. Dimensions and tolerances referenced on the Seller's drawings are controlled and shall be maintained. Dimensions are subject to Purchaser verification.

De Seller shall utilize only fully qualified fabrication processes and shall submit for Purchaser approval, evidence to demonstrate satisfaction of this requirement. Seller shall promptly identify any fabrication processes considered for implementaticn which are unproven by experience, with information which addresses the Purchaser's concerns regarding potential adverse quality and schedule impact. In any case, it shall be understood that any negative impacts realized as a result of Seller implementation of processes tenproven by experience with regard to quality or schedule are entirely borne by the Seller and shall not adversely impact the quality or contracted delivery schedule of the RSG.

All pressure retaining partr/ components and attachments shall be fabricated / welded (with welder and weld procedure qualification) per ASME III. All non-pressure retaining parts / components shall be welded (with welder qualification) per AWS D1.1 or per ASME IX.

304.12.1 Tube Bundle Assembly j

All relevant RSG assembly procedures (i.e. alignment of tube support i and tubesheet) shall be such as to accomplish i

assembly of the tube bundle with ' manual' pressure only necessary tc insert tubes in the bundle. All bundle assembly procedures (including assembly of U-bend supports) shall be such as te avoid any mechanical damage to the tubes. If during bundle assembly, resistance to manual tube insertion is encountereo, tim iube shall ee withdrawn and compared to the Purchaser approved tube sample for O.D. indications for acceptability. Tubes rejectable, by comparison to the sample, shall not be utilized and spare tubes shall not be inserted until the source of the resistance is identified and the problem rectified.

Prior to bundle assembly, the Seller shall acquire and review from the tubing supplier all ECT data necessary to establish and confirm, by Pur naser's required standards, that tubes inserted into the bundle are acceptable. As required by this specification, any tubes which exhibit a repeatable ECT signal which indicates, by Purchaser concurrence, an indication of greater than or equal to 0.002 inches depth shall be rejected and not inserted into the bundle. He Seller shall acquire surplus spare tubes such that rejection of tubes according to the stated criterion shall not adversely impact the tubing of a bundle and ultimately negatively impact RSG delivery.

If tube guides or other temporary inserts are used in the RSG assembly, then the Seller shall ensure their complete removal upon completion of fabrication. If lost, these guides or inserts shall be proven empirically to dissolve and disperse under hydrostatic test conditions such that exit water quality conditions for impurities are not exceeded locally.

3N.12.2 Welding Welding procedures utilized (including weld repairs and post weld cleanup) shall be qualified in accordance with the applicable codes and standards and submitted for Purchaser approval, along with pre-weld, interpass and post-weld heat treatment (PWIIT) procedures prior to initiation of welding. All welds shall be performed by qualified welders.

Welder qualification records shall be retained, accessible and made available for Purchaser's review upon request, He subject procedures shall include suitable instructions regarding interruption of welding or preheat; and address all requirements of this specification.

Unless approved by the Purchaser, only the following welding processes, as adequately qualified by the Teller, shall be used: Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (GTAW), Shielded Metal Arc Welding (SMAW), Plasma Arc Welding (PAW) and Submerged Arc Welding (SAW). Electro-Gas Welding (EGW) may be used if qualified for non-pressure retaining welds. Flux Cored Arc Welding (FCAW), Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW) or any other process not cited above, shall not be used without Seller demonstration of procedural and application adequacy and Purchaser approval.

Welding in areas of limited accessibility shall be in accordance with R.G.1,71.

l l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 67 of 143 l

l l

The Seller shall submit, for Purchaser approval, a description of the program for filler material control, handling and storage.

Drawings which show fabrication by welding shall indicate thejoints and joint geometry generally in accordance with practices as described in AWS A2.4. Documentation shall be made available which identifies the welding procedure numbers and weld processes for each weldjoint, including weld repairs.

Shielding gas purity shall be specified by the Seller, for Purchaser approval for all pertinent processes. Dew point l

shall be -60 F (-40 F for carbon dioxide) unless justified by the Seller and approved by the Purchaser. Shielding gas j

shall be employed for the FCAW process.

Electrodes for the SMAW process for welding ferritic steels shall be of the moisture resistant, low hydrogen type.

On all pressure boundary material (except tubing), all exposed are strikes shall be removed, ground to a smooth contour and shall be examined by PT or MT for soundness. No cracks are acceptable. (Arc strikes which may occur on tubing shall be considered a non-conformance with Purchaser approval required for disposition.) Also, ground areas on the pressure boundary shall not encroach on required thickness. Reports shall be issued to document the NDE.

Weld repairs on in-process welds at a given location shall be limited to three attempts, after which a Non-conformance Report shall be issued. No welding is permitted on pressure boundary ferritic materials after PWHT unless allowed by the ASME Section ill Code and approved by the Purchaser.

If plasma are gouging or other thermal methods of metal removal are used on pressure boundary P-3 materials, a minimum 250*F preheat is required. Grinding to sound metal (minimum 1/16 inch) is required after such operations.

l Heavy grinding on stainless steel shall not be permitted unless Purchaser approved or followed by suitable solution anneal and rapid cooling. Any grinding shall be controlled by written procedures so as to remove any cold worked surfaces.

If gas burners are used for heating, controls must prohibit direct flame impingement unless the vessel surface is in constant motion relative to the impinging flame or a low intensity (soft yellow / blue) flame is employed with suitable monitoring equipment (thermocouples or temp-sticks) to prevent the vessel surface from exceeding 1100 degrees F.

Other techniques for heating are permitted and are subject to Purchaser's review. While typical minimum heating temperature is 250 degrees F, the Seller may deviate from this standard if satisfactory justification is submitted and l

approved by the Purchaser. Maximum interpass temperature is 600 degrees F.

Cladding of stainless steel onto low alloy steel shall be performed per Purchaser approved Seller's procedures with a minimum preheat temperature of 250 degrees F. Final clad layers shall have an FN of 5-12 and shall be measured in i

accordance with ASME Section III.

All clad surfaces on the channel head,its nozzles and manways and the tubesheet shall be weld deposit of at least two layers and machined or flappered to a 63 RMS or better finish.

l Clad thickness shall be at least 1.5 weld layers after machining and in no case less than 0.15 inch thick. The area of the nozzle dam seal seating can be up to 250 Ra finish.

All clad surfaces for gasket seating shall be by weld deposit of at least two layers and machined per gasket requirements with a minimum thickness of 0.375 inch.

All clad surfaces shall be ultrasonically (UT) inspected for bond and flaw. Inspection procedures and acceptance criteria shall be submitted for Purchaser approval. Clad thickness shall be measured by UT or mechanical means if submitted and approved by the Purchaser. Ciad thickness shall be measured from the original base metal surface.

t The locations of all weld seams shall be such as to avoid intersection with nozzle or access opening locations as permitted by the RSG design.

l

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 68 of 143 l

All welds, including nozzle attachments, shall be ground to remove discontinuities and stress concentrations. All grinding shall be performed prior to required PWHT unless otherwise approved by the Purchaser.

All welds which require ISI shall be finished and contoured to permit UT without additional surface preparation. As a minimum, the surfaces shall be free of weld spatter and slag and shall have a surface finish of 125 Ra or better for a distance of 2.5t (where t is the thickens of the base metal) plus 2 inches on both sides of the weld edges and inside/outside the vessel.

Oxy-fuel cutting shall not be used on nickel based or austenitic stainless steel materials. After oxy-fuel, air arc or plasma are cutting of ferritic steels, a minimum 1/16 inch of material shall be removed from the scarfed edge or surface by machining or grinding.

Tools for base metal preparation and cleaning of nickel based or austenitic stainless steel materials shall not have been used on any other material.

Solvents used for base metal cleaning shall be analyzed for contamination and shall be restricted to demineralized water, denatured ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, methyl alcohol or acetone. Use of alternate solvents requires Purchaser's approval of a justification submitted by the Seller.

Welds end preparations shall be liquid penetrant (PT) or magnetic particle (MT) inspected (apphcable to pressure boundary welds only). Edge discontinuities, such as faminations exceeding 1/4", shall be handled in accordance with ASME III NB-5130.

Weld end preparations shall be adequately protected at all times from mechanical damage such as may occur during movement of the component or contact with another component being moved.

In general, the use of temporary and tack welds is forbidden, however, acceptable applications are subsequently described, however, in any instance where a temporary or tack weld is utilized, weld procedure and welder i

qualification and preheat requirements remain as required for permanent welds. Ifit is necessary to use temporary welded attachments for fixturing of a weld joint or for wor'4 piece manipulation, the attachments shall be of a material equivalent to the base material. In the case of both permanent and temporary attachments to P3 material, both P1 and

)

P3 class materials are deemed to be equivalent. Weld filler for temporary attachments and tack welds shall be the same as that qualified for the pressure boundary joints.

'lhe temporary attachments shall be removed by grinding or thermal cutting. If thermal cutting is used, the attachment shall be cut no closer than 1/4 inch from the member and the balance removed by grinding. After removal, the area shall be MT or PT inspected clear.

Tack welds used to hold wedges to a groove face shall be removed by grinding flush with the groove face profile.

Tack welds used to fuse the root shall be suitably contoured for fusion with the root pass. When tack welds are to i

become a part of the finished weld, welding shall be performed by a qualified welder and removed if defective. No welds of uncontrolled configuration such as tack welds shall be permitted on the finished part.

304.12.2.1 Welding of Stainless Steel The requirements of R.G.1.31 shall be followed for welding austenitic stainless steel. The requirements of R.G.1.44 are covered in this specification.

All ASME Code welds performed between austenitic stainless steel and ferritic steels or nickel based alloys shall be performed with ASME II, Part C. SFA 5.14 ERNiCrFe-7 filler material (UNS # N06052) Alternately, for manual welding, UNS # W86152 covered electrodes as allowed by Code Case W92-34 can be used for both Code and Non-Code welds. Stainless steel filler material used tojoin austenitic steel materials or for such repairs shall conform to R.G.1.31 with a delta-ferrite requirement for the deposit of 5-12 FN. All austenitic stainless steel and Inconel filler metal shall have a maximum cobalt content of 0.1%. Austenitic stainless steel fillers shall limit the maximum carbon content of 0.03% for wire and 0.04% for covered electrode.

l 4R129NS1014; Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 69 of 143 l

304.12.3 Post weld and Other Heat Treatments i

ne Seller shall submit, for Purchaser approval, the Seller recommended PWHT procedures including description of implementation of the procedure within the RSG fabrication sequence. If a PWHT procedure involves heating the tube bundle, the Seller shall indicate precautions and controls necessary to prevent overheating of the tubes or tube to tubesheetjoint.

The rules of ASME Code Section III shall apply to hold time, heating rates and cooling rates except that the use of lower temperatures for longer hold times is prohibited.

i When welding pressure boundary ferritic steels which require PWHT, the weld procedure shall require a minimum 20 hour2.314815e-4 days <br />0.00556 hours <br />3.306878e-5 weeks <br />7.61e-6 months <br /> PWHT for the qualification testing although the Seller shall maximize actual qualification time. Each pressure boundary ferritic steel weld shall have complete documentation of the total time qualified, the total time at temperature, and the temperature of all PWHT performed up to the time of delivery of the component.

Preheat /interpass temperature of low alloy steel shall be in accordance with R.G.1.50 and not less than values in Appendix D of ASME lli.

He maximum hardness of any part of any heat affected zone for any pressure boundary weld of ferritic steel shall be Rockwell C28 (or equivalent.) He Seller's procedure to satisfy this requirement shall be submitted for Purchaser l

approval.

305 CLEANLINESS. PACKAGING. SHIPMENT. AND STORAGE 305.1 Cleanliness he Seller shall assume full responsibility for the cleanliness of the RSG, including loose parts accountability and contact of I

components with known or suspected detrimental materials,(at Purchaser approved, detectable levels). Recognizing that the Purchaser's receiving inspection is cursory, the Seller shall also accept full responsibility for costs associated with discovery and repair of damage or cost of removal resulting from contamination, foreign material or loose parts, unless proven by the Seller, to the Purchaser's satisfaction, that ingress of such materials occurred subsequent to delivery. To minimize risks associated with the stated requirement, the Seller shall provide fully documented, adequate inspections of the RSG with RSG delivery documentation. The cleanliness of the RSG during all fabrication and delivery shall be maintained in accordance with written procedures prepared by the Seller and approved by the Purchaser. He procedures shall satisfy, as a minimum, l

the applicable requirements of ASME NQA-1, the guidance of Regulatory Guide (RG) 1.37 and ANSI Standard N45.2.1 per cleanliness class B.

In addition, the Seller shall submit to the Purchaser, for approval, procedures for detecting, preventing and recovery / cleaning from any r;uch contamination of the RSG or RSG subcomponent. All intermediate and final inspection and cleaning requirements shall be submitted by the Seller for Purchaser approval.

As previously stated within this specification, the RSG shall be delivered to the Purchaser in a condition such that it may be filled with water of the specified layup quality and operated with no further action required by the Purchaser (specifically, no flushing shall be necessary.)

5 305.2 Clean Room Reauirements A clean room or area shall be employed for assembling the tube bundle. Personnel access to the clean room shall be under l

strict administrative control. A tracking system shall be implemented such that all personnel, tools and consumables shall be accounted for upon each entry and exit or use within the clean room. Additional requirements for the clean room are delineated in the following articles and shall be adhered to and documented to the Purchaser's satisfaction:

2 305.2.1 Construction Walls and ceiling shall be constructed of materisis that provide a smooth, easily cleaned surface which minimizes adherence of dirt and dust. Paints shall be redstant to flaking and peeling. Projections and ledges shall be minimized to reduce dirt and dust accumulation. Floors shall be constructed of a grease-resistant material and be of easily cleaned constnetion.

4

l 4R129NS1014. Rev.0 l Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators l

Page 70 of 143 l

l 305.2.2 Atmospheric Conditions i

The level of airborne particulate present during assembly shall be appropriately sampled, identified and subject to approval by the Purchaser.

The cleo room and all equipment such as tools, work tables, assembly stands, and fixtures shall conform to the i

detrimental material and foreign material controls of this specification.

Equipment and vehicles permanently operating within the clean room shall be maintained clean to preclude l

contamination of hardware. Where necessary, drip pans for oil or grease shall be appropriately provided for such

)

equipment.

l 305.2.3 Clothing All personnel entering the clean room shall wear clean overalls or smocks without pockets, except as necessary for special detecting equipment, buttons, or badges and similar items. Clean shoe covers shall be employed prior to

)

entering the clean room. Cotton or other protective gloves shall be worn if any tubing or stainless steel compo%c' is manually contacted. Eating and smoking shall be prohibited. Drinking water shall be confined to restricted areas within the clean room.

305.2.4 Foreign Material Production Operations such as machining, grinding, welding, or burning shall be shielded to isolate or confine any foreign material produced to prevent loss of cleanliness of hardware in the area. Steam generator hardware located near these or other contaminating operations shall be protected to preclude loss of cleanliness. Machine exhaust which contains oil vapor, lead, lead compounds or other detrimental materials shall be vented outside the clean room. Exceptions are exhaust from electrically driven tools or equipment under normal operation and in a good state of repair, and exhaust from hand-held, air-operated tools. When welding or brazing of parts is performed in a clean room, precautions shall be taken to control spiner, are strikes and to exhaust welding and brazing smoke from the clean room. Frequent vacuum cleaning is essential to preserve area cleanliness. Temporary, dustptcof barriers c. enclosures within a clean area shall be used where necessary. During machining operations, when it is not possib4 to use an internal plug or seal to close an opening (such as an opening in which a plug cannot be inserted far ene agh to leave room for machining), forced dry, clean inert gas or air shall be used as a means of ensuring that foreign materials are precluded from entering the opening. The opening shall be exposed only when the positive pressure of the gas is sufficient to prevent entry of foreign materials. In addition, protection from any potential mech nical damage shall be implemented.

305.2.5 Inspection Requirements Clen rooms shall be visually inspected for confamance to these requirements at one week intervals or prior to each use, whichever is less frequent. If inspection indicates that clean room requirements have not been met, the Seller 6P. ensure that all hardware processed since the last acceptable inspection is acceptable with regard to cleanliness, and the room shall be returned to an acceptable level prior to further RSG fabrication work.

Equipment such as tools and fixtures which contact the RSG shall be periodically inspected (obtaining wipe samples for chemical analysis) and appropriately cleaned to ensure that such surfaces contacting the RSG are free from i

contamination (detrimental materials.)

j l

305.2.6 Fluid Support Systems Cleanliness requirements for fluid support systems to the clean room shall be consistent with the cleanliness j

requirements of the hardware to which it will be connected. Support systems shall meet those detrimental material j

control requirements to the extent necessary to prevent detrimental material from being introduced into hardware.

Demineralized deionized water shall meet the requirements of Section 305.3.5 of this specification.

l

l 4R129NS1014. Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Stearn Generators l

Page 71 of 143 J l

305.2.6.1 Gaseous System Filters to remove oil, vapor or other foreign material shall be used. Sintered powder metal filters shall not be used.

Filters shall be inspected, cleaned, or replaced periodically to ensure proper operation. Air sources shall be blown into a clean catch cloth and positively compared to an approved cleanliness standard prior to use on an RSG.

305.2.6.2 Flushing Support systems shall be flushed prior to use to an acceptance criterion applicable to the attached hardware. Support systems shall also be flushed after repair, except when the part(s) of the system to be repaired has been isolated from the remainder of the system, and the remainder of the system is maintained clean. After repair is completed, the repaired part(s) of the support system shall then be cleaned prior to reconnection to the remainder of the support i

system.

305.2.6.3 Capping and Plugging Support systems not in use shall have openings capped or plugged, and labeled, except that labeling is not required fo those support system openings terminating in a clean room.

305.2.6.4 Hoses Water transfer hoses shall be checked periodically for deterioration such as cracking, chipping and flaking and shall be replaced if found defective.

305.2.6.5 Pump Cleanliness Pumps used in support systems and lubricated by a fluid other than the pumped fluid shall be of the type which employs an air gap or other design feature which prevents contamination of the effluent. This requirement is not applicable to vacuum pumps. However, evacuation systems shall be design-d to prevent foreign material from entering hardware in the event the vacuum pump should fail.

If noncompliance with effluent cleanliness requirements is discovered, hardware having been exposed to fluid from j

the associated support system subsequent to the previous acceptable effluent check shall be inspected for cleanliness and recleaned as required.

3 305.2.7 Prevention of Loose Parts from Entering Steam Generator Hardware Loose parts shall be prevented from entering hardware by maintaining careful control and cleanliness of parts, fitting tools and other equipment used in the assembly of the steam generator. Clean gloves shall be worn. Hearing aids, eye glasses or any other necessary personnel accessories permitted, shall be fastened securely. When the steam generator hardware is exposed during assembly or inspection, personnel shall wear clean clothing, gloves stretch fitted or sealed at the wrist, head coverings fastened securely, and shoe cover s.

305.2.7.1 Accountability A program to preclude introduction of loose parts into the hardware shall be implemented prior to tube support plate structuring and shall continue until closure of the RSG assembly. The following requirements shall apply during this interval; a)

Inspections shall be staged commensurate with structuring activities to ensure that all internal areas are inspected for cleanliness and are free of foreign objects prior to becoming inaccessible.

b)

A clean area shall be utilized to limit access to the hardware during structuring operations to only those personnel, tools, equipment, and materials necessary for the activities being performed.

c)

Periodic inspections shall be made in all designated clean areas. Any extraneous tools, equipment, or other materials shall be removed.

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 72 of 143 li d)

Records shall be prepared of all items taken into the RSG assembly interior during final closure. Each item shall be checked off the record when it is removed from the RSG. The RSG shall not be closed until all items are accounted for and the record list is approved by the Purchaser.

305.2.7.2 Plugging of Openings All openiags in the steam generator and subassemblies shall be capped, covered, or plugged when not in use.

Temporary plugs or seals shall be used to prevent entry of foreign material and objects into the clean steam generators and as practical, prevent mechanical damage. Plugs and seals used for preparing the steam generators for shipment and storage shall be as specified in Qis specification. The steam generator shall be the roughly dried prior to plugging or scaling.

305.2.7.3 Sticker Removal Stickers or other devices shall be affixed to steam generator openings identifying r leanliness. Stickers shall be affixed to temporary plugs and seals in such a manner that removal of the plug or seal car.not be accomplished without breaking the sticker. Residual adhesive from the sticker shall be cleaned from the hardware surface immediately after sticker removal per Purchaser approved procedure using local application of denatured alcohol or demineralized deionized water.

305.2.8 Recovery from Loss of Cleanliness Loss of cleanliness from RSG inte.ial surfaces shall be considered an extraordinary occurre:,ce; therefore, special procedures shall be establishei to restore cleanliness. Restoration of cleanliness is required whenever a cleanliness requirement has beer violatt d. After detection, restoration of cleanliness requires removal of detrimental or foreign materials and reverification ticlean%ess.

Much lost time can result from attempts to restore clear.liness. It is important that preventive procedures be initiatd j

.md necessary equipment be available so that cle9er. mss can be restored without delay. Personnel shall be i

indoctrinated in the need for preventing contan..u.uon and shall be familiar with the means available for recovery of cleanhness.

i 305.2.8.1 Detection Contamination may be detecteo by the following methods:

a)

Direct visual examination b)

By wiping or by flushing c)

With mirrors made of metal or plastic. Magnetic metal mir.,.s are preferred.

d)

By passing a clean lint-free cloth or swab through nr nereviced regions to detect the presence of foreign materials.

e)

With closed circuit television equipment.

305.2.8.2 Removal of Contamination Contamination of steam generator hardware within accessible areas shall be removed by one or more of the rollowing methods, as appropriate and approved by the Purchaser:

a)

Wiping

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 73 of 143 l

b)

A vacuum cleaner with a long suction hose to reach down into small crevices or openings may be used to remove dust and small light-weight particles such as bits of glass, plastic or metal chips, the suction hose of the vacuum cleaner shall be thoroughly clean, internally and externally, before use in recovery operations.

c)

An eductor, a high velocity air stream, or an aspirator are also suitable for use in removal operations.

If loss of cleanliness has occurred in steam generator hardware with inaccessible areas, the final cleaned internal surfaces of the steam generator hardware which are accessible to visual or wiping inspection shall be inspected to determine if foreign material is present. If the visual or wipe inspection detects foreign material, the steam generator hardware shall be cleaned. Disassembly, fiber optics tooling, or flushing may be required to detect and remove foreign material.

Flushing to remove foreign material is allowed only by specific approval of the Purchaser.

305.2.83 Reverification of Cleanliness After removal of foreign material, cleanliness shall be reverified by visual inspection, wiping cloth inspection, or proof flush.

3053 Cleanliness Reauirements 3053.1 Material Control 3053.1.1 Detrimental Material A detrimental material is one that can have a deleterious effect on performance ifit contacts the hardware. Seller shall provide, for Purchaser's approval, a list of potential detrimental materials which must be controlled and the proposed concentration limits for the alloys and stainless st< is to be used in the steam the generator fabrication.

Detrimemal n.aterial requirements apply to all finally cleaned surfaces and to any surface prior to or during thermal treatment. Controls on mercury and lead apply at all stages of fabrication. Detrimental rnaterial requirements are applicable to all surfaces that contact the operating fluid or maintain the integrity of the operating fluid pressure boundary.

305 3.1.2 Fmeign Material Foreign material includes grit, metal, particulate matter, oil, slag, scale, rust, and fiber, but not nccessady a designated detrimental material, which can obstruct operation of hardware or cause wear or crosion.

Fabrication and assembly of hardware shall be conducted to facilitate cleaning, inspection, and maintenance of cleanliness during fabrication. Post-assembly cleaning is not an acceptable alternative to maintair'ing cleanliness before and during assembly. Parts shall be cleaned and maintained clean prior to assembly and maintained clean after assembly.

Documents accompanying hardware shall inform subsequent receiving organizations of tly cleanliness requirements and identify inaccessible and critical areas. No foreign material is allowed.

When rust occurs on corrosion-resistant material or on faces of flanges, the cause shall be ottermined and corrected.

The surface shall be checked for residual rust-producing material.

3053.13 Acceptable Products Acceptable products are those products which satisfy the detrimental material concentration limits of this specification. Acceptable products can be used without restriction,i.e., at any stage of fabrication.

All consumable materials shall be qualified in ac:ordance with a procedure that has been approved by the Purchaser.

[4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 74 of 143 ll 305.3.1.4 Controlled Products Controlled products contain detrimental material in excess of the concentration limits set forth by the Seller.

Controlled products may be used if one of the following conditions is satisfied:

a)

No transfer of detrimental material to the surface of the hardware occurs, b)

Detrimental materials are removed and are verified to have been removed from the hardware surface prior to the stage of fabrication where detrimental material controls apply, according to this specification, c)

The Purchaser has specifically authorized use of the product.

The Sc!!er shall provide to the Purchaser, for approval prior to use, a list of contued consumable materials which have been qualified by documented experience for use in fabrication.

4 305.3.1.5 A list of critical assembly operations that might result in a loss of cleanliness is required to be submitted by the Seller for Purchaser information.

J 305.3.2 Cleaning Procedures The Seller shall prepare and submit to the Purchaser for approval, prior to use, the following detailed procedures:

a)

Specific cleaning and cleanliness verification methods to be used b)

Detrimental material control procedures c)

Foreign material control procedures d)

Process control procedures: Process control procedures shall include but not be restricted to the following:

di)

Water purity control d2)

Maintenance of cleanliness d3)

Minimum exposure of hardware internal surfaces to shop atmosphere d4)

Precautions taken to prevent contact with detrimental material d5)

Controls to prevent foreign material from being introduced into the hardware i

d6)

Periodic inspection of water transfer hoses d7)

Controls to prevent detrimental material from contacting hardware d8)

Support system cleanliness and inspection d9)

Detection and removal of foreign objects d10) Maintenance of cleanliness immediately prior to and during welding, brazing, and heat treating o.!) Maintenance of cleanliness during tube bundle assembly dl2) Tools and loose parts accountability dl3) Cleanliness controls for tube-to-tubesheet assembly, welding, leak testing, and expansion

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l

_ Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators l

Page 75 of 143

]

305.3.3 Cleanliness Inspections Surfaces of hardware shall be inspected for cleanliness at the following times during fabrication:

a)

After cleaning b)

Prior to any thermal treatments such as hot forming, heat treatment, weld preheat or metal joining operations c)

After a free iron check d)

Prior to assembly e)

During critical assembly operations that might result in a loss of cleanliness f)

Immediately prior to assembly operations where surfaces which will contact the fluid system subsequently become inaccessible for inspection g)

On completion of final assembly and prior to sealing of openings which prevents further access to surfaces that will contact the fluid system h)

After nondestructive testing Drain water shall be inspected following shop assembly hydrotesting. Drain water quality shall meet the Purchaser's water quality requirements for wet layup. Additional circulating flushes or fills and drains shall be performed until this criterion is satisfied.

305.3.4 Special Cleanliness Requirements 305.3.4.1 Ileating When heating nickel base alloys in a manner that allows combustion products to contact the metal surface, the fuel 3

3 used shall not contain more than 15 grains per 100 ft of sulfur for heating of tubing; 20 grains per 100 ft of sulfur for heating of steel. Heated surfaces shall be wiped down wiM demineralized water or approved cleaner following cooldown to ambient temperature. Analysis of wipe sampMs shall meet the demineralized water specification as stated in Section 304.11.4.2 to be considered acceptable.

305.3.4.2 Lubricant Lubricants shall meet the requirements for detrimental material concentration to be recommended by the Seller for Purchaser approval. Particular care shall be exercised to remove all lubricants which contain any sulfur or halogens.

Red lead-graphite-mineral oil lubricant shall not be used on nickel base alloys.

i 305.3.4.3 Ultrasonic Couplants Ultrasonic couplants for final cleaned surfaces or surfaces prior to thermal treatment shall be soluble and shall be thoroughly removed by water meeting the requirements of Section 305.3.5 of this specification to prevent oxidation.

305.3.4.4 Tools Metal removal and finishing tools shall be visibly clean, shall not contain loose material such as metal shot, and shall not have been used on aluminum, lead or its compounds, or other low melting point materials. Metal removal and finishing tools to be used on stainless steel or Inconel shall not have been used previously on carbon steel or low alloy i

steels.

Tools used to remove foreign objects shall not scratch or in any way damage the surfaces of the hardware.

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 76 of 143 ll 305.3.4.5 Halogenated Solvents Halogenated solvents shall not be used on parts or surfaces with crevices. Caution shall be taken when using halogenated solvents since decomposition into corrosive agents may occur during subsequent heating.

Halogenated solvents shall not be used for cleaning inaccessible or critical surfaces of hardware or external surfaces such as flange faces and weld preparations when the possibility of solvent entering into installed hardware exists. If halogenated solvents are used. they must be completely removed and the surfaces wetted by the halogenated solvent inspected to verify complete removal.

305.3.4.6 Acid Cleaning Acid cleaning shall not be used as a standard procedure. Specific Purchaser approval is required for the acid cleaning of all hardware except tubing.

305.3.4.7 Flushing Flushing is allowed only by specific approval of the Purchaser. The ability to flush dead legs and the quality of the flushing water shall be addressed. Water used for flushing shall meet the requirements of Section 305.3.5 of this specification.

305.3.4.8 Cleaning ofInaccessible Surfaces Surfaces containing crevices or inaccessible areas, where complete drainage or removal of residuals cannot be assured, shall be cleaned only with demineralized water or nonchlorinated halogen-free solvents.

305.3.5 Water Quality Water used for hydrostatic tests, cleaning and equipment flushes shall meet the following requirements:

HYDROTEST WATER CHEMISTRY REQUIREMENTS Sodium ion 0.05 ppm, max Chloride ion 0.05 ppm, max.

Fluoride ion 0.05 ppm, max.

Sulfate ion 0.05 ppm, max.

Conductivity 2.0 micro Siemens / cm, max.

pH 6.0 to 8.0 Clarity No Turbidity, Oil or Sediment Total Suspended Solids 0.11 ppm. max.

305A Emicetive Cmtine Reauirements A J exposed exterior carbon steel and low alloy surfaces of each Replacement Steam Generator, except weld preparations,

g. Kct :urfaces, and stainless steel or nickel base alloys, shall be coated with a strippable material in accordance with the Seller's standard practice. 'Ihe Seller shall submit a surface preparation and coating procedure, including identification of the co.cng cynem to be used, to the Purchaser for approval.

No paint shall be left on the tube bundle or any interior surface. The internal surfaces of the Replacement Steam Generators shall not be painted. Stainless steel, other corrosion resistant surfaces, and channel heads (regardless of material) shall not be painted. No paint shall be applied to surfaces adjacent to shop welds that require NDE for a length of 2-1/2 T + 2 inches on both sides of the weld edges where T = weld thickness. Edges prepared for field welding shall be coated in accordance with the requirements of Section 305.4.1.

l 4R129NS1014. Rev.0 l Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators l

Page 77 of 143 l

305.4.1 Field Weld Preparation Surfaces within two inches of any edge prepared for field welding shall be protected by applying a 0.75 to 1.5 mil film of Carbo-Weld i1, as manufactured by Carboline Co., St. Louis, Missouri, or Purchaser-apprswl equal. Application shall be per manufacturer's recommendations.

305.4.2 Shop Welds and Channel Heads Channel heads, shop welds requiring NDE, and all external machined surfaces other than field weld preparations specified above shall be coated with r. rust preventive coating conforming to SSPC-PS-8.01, Type B or C Compound, or Purchaser-approved equal. Coatings shall be nonwater soluble, but shall be capable of being removed by a nonhalogenated solvent. Typical products are as follows:

Coatmg Manufacturer ASTROL, RP EXTRA Imperial Oil & Grease Co.

Los Angeles, California Rustproof Compound LF Texaco New York, New York Application shall comply with the requirements of SSPC-PS-8.01.

305.4.3 Uncoated Surfaces Bolts, studs, washers, nuts, and stainless steel, and nonferrous surfaces need not be coated.

305.4.4 Masking of Surfaces The Seller shall mask or otherwise protect those surfaces not t l,e coated or which receive a corrosion or rust preventive treatment as specified above prior to and during the coating operation.

305.4.5 Handling of Coated Members Coated members shall not be handled until they have dried in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendation, except for necessary handling in turning for coating or stacking for drying. Coated members shall not be loaded for shipment or shipped until dry. Coated members shall be handled, stacked, and transported in a manner that does not damage the coating. Coatings which are damaged in handling shall be repaired in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions.

305.5 Packaging For mnied and saaled vessels, the Seller shall comply with the packaging, shipping, storage, and handling requirements of ASME NQA-2 and ANSI N45.2.2-1972, Level D, except as otherwise specified herein, and the quality assurance requirements of Regulatory Guide 1.38. The Seller shall provide, for Purchaser's review and approval, procedures for packaging, storage, shipping, site receiving, handling, and cleaning after installation. The packaging procedure shall take into account the method of transportation to be used, as well as the possible storage duration and storage environment.

305.6 Precatation for Shioment The Seller shall provide, for the Purchaser's review and approval, a shipping procedure which includes, but is not limited to, a detailed description of the methods of tube bundle support and nitrogen atmosphere maintenance during transit and storage.

Prior to shipment, the tube side and shell side of each RSG shall be cleaned to minimize post-installation cleaning and to ensure that, when the completed system is filled with water of the quality required by the Purchaser for wet layup, it is ready for subsequent operation. A foreign object inspection shall be performed on the shell side just prior to final closure of all openings. Equipment shall be stored, inspected, handled, installed, and cleaned by methods which ensure that harmful contaminants do not remain on any component surface in contact with process fluids.

i l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 78 of 143 l

Protection ofinternal cleanliness shall be achieved by sealing all openings with plugs, caps, or covers. All threaded plugs used i

to seal auxiliary nozzles shall be removable by the Purchaser after site installation. Rese items shall also be protected to preclude damage which might result in loss of nitrogen pressure or contamination. Nozzle covers shall be designed and installed such that their removal can be accomplished without damaging the vessel or pipe nozzle weld joint preparation area.

At the Purchaser's discretion, manway and access ports shall be closed with either contract covers and studs or temporary shipping covers and bolting material. The Seller shall also provide the option for the RSG to be delivered with individual access port diaphragms in a seal welded condition.

The criteria specified below are applicable to all internal surfaces of each Replacement Steam Generer.

1 A.

Surfaces having free access shall pass the following examinations: visual examination, wipe test, leach samples, and rust determination. Visual techniques shall include boroscopes, mirrors, supplementary lighting, or other aids when needed to properly examine hard-to-see surfaces:

A1.

The surface shall appear " metal clean" when examined without magnification by persons with 20/20 vision (natural or corrected) under a lighting level (background plus supplementary) of at least 100 foot-candles.

A2.

The surface shall be free of particulate contaminants such as sand, packing materials, sawdust, metal chips, wire, weld spatter, tape, and tape residue.

A3.

The surface shall have no evidence of organic material or films such as oil, grease, paint, crayon, moisture, 1

chemical residue, or preservatives. In addition to visual examination, the surface shall be wiped with a i

w! vent-dampened, white, lint-free cloth, using a clean portion for each wipe. A visible discoloration on the

)

cloth is unacceptable unless it is established that the deposit is nondetrimental.

I B.

If visual examination is not possible, but the surface is accessible, inspection shall consist of wiping the surface with a dry, white, lint-free cloth followed by wiping with a solvent-dampened white cloth. Visual discoloration on either cloth is unacceptable unless it is established that the deposit is not detrimental.

C.

Rust on critical surfaces of corrosion-resistant materials can be indicative of defective material, ne cause of rust shall be determined to prevent recurrence.

Each Replacement Steam Generator shall be completely dry to at least a dew point of s-20*F prior to pressurizing with dry nitrogen prior to shipment. Each Replacement Steam Generator shall be dried and " packaged" in the following manner unless an alternative procedure is approved by the Purchaser. The tube side and shell side of each RSG shall be drained and dried immediately after hydrotesting and cleanliness inspection. The Replacement Steam Generators shall be evacuated to eliminate !

residual moisture, and the unit shall be soled and pressurized on both the tube side and shell side with dry nitrogen to a pressure between 5.0 and 10 psig. The nitrogen shall remain at this positive pressure and shall meet the followinF requirements:

Dew point 1-20 F Oxygen content 11.0%

ne following note shall be stenciled with contrasting color paint on each Replacement Steam Generator near each manway and on all manway covers as a safety requirement:

DANGER: THIS VESSEL CONTAINS PRESSURIZED NITROGEN. ADEQUATE VENTILATION OF THE VESSEL IS REQUIRED BEFORE ENTERING.

Each Replacement Steam Generator shall be shipped with a nitrogen supply connected to the unit. Redundant compound pressure gauges shall be in place to indicate the nitrogen pressure in each circuit and shall also have valved connections for adding nitrogen as necessary. Closures shall be tested for leaks with soap solution. The Seller shall provide the calibration requirements and gauge ranges to monitor nitrogen pressure, the nitrogen addition procedure for supplied valving, and cleaning controls for caps.

l l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 79 of 143

]

305.7 Handline and Shinoine i

l During shipping, installation, and handling, the Replacement Steam Generators must withstand the associated loads, includin lifting and upending, and enviramnents without damage. All shipping equipment (cradles, saddles, slide, braces, etc.) shall be i

provided by the Seller. In addition, the Seller shall provide rollers (devices used to rotate, or " roll" the steam generators) for four RSGs to facilitate the Purchaser's on-site installation preparatory work. This equipment shall be provided on a loan and return basis.

l The Seller shall indicate the weight, center of gravity, and lifting points to be utilized for all handling procedures on the item, crate, skid, or package. Use of appropriate lifting devices shall not damage or contaminate the Replacement Steam Generator i

surfaces. The Seller shall indicate any limitations to be imposed when the Replacement Steam Generator is lifted or moved, including maximum allowable three dimensional accelerations, including maximum internal / ambient temperatures and pressures, during shipping.

Written instructions covering the location and stacking limits of crates or boxes on the transport vehicle shall be specified by the Seller and marked on the container, Coated equipment shall be handled at all times with equipment such as stout, wide belt slings and wide padded skids designed to prevent damage to the coating. Bare cables, chains, hooks, metal bars, or narrow skids shall not be permitted to come in contact with the coating.

Shipment to the site shall be as specified in Supplement A. The Seller is responsible for shipment to the unloading point on i

Purchaser's property, e.g., barge slip or rail siding. The Purchaser will unload and transport the steam generators to the onsite storage area. All equipment shall be carefully loaded on properly padded saddles or bolsters. All bearing surfaces and loading stakes shall be properly padded. Equipment sections shall be separated so that they do not bear against each other, and the whole load shall be securely fastened together to prevent movement in transit. For rail shipments, the equipment shall be loaded and tied into a unit load in strict accordance with the current loading rules of the American Railway Association, whenever they are applicable. If the Replacement Steam Generators are shipped by rail, the Seller shall provide a rider to accompany the shipment.

In truck shipments, the equipment shall be supported in wide cradles of suitably padded timbers hollowed out on the supporting surface to fit the curvature of equipment. For sma'ler size equipment, sand or sawdust-filled bags shall be used instead of hollowed-out timbers.

For barge shipment, the equipment loading arrangement and tie-down shall be reviewed and approvel by a mariae surveyor and authorities such as the Coast Guard if necessary.

When special shipments are required, e.g., items that exceed weight limitations for railroads or highways, or require special handling, the Seller shall send a detailed procedure to the Purchaser for approval. The Seller shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary federal, state, and local permits for the transportation of all equipment to Purchaser's plant.

The nitrogen atmosphere shall be maintained throughout shipment. The Seller shall record gage readings daily during transit and provide them to the Purchaser. Nitrogen shall be added as necessary to maintain the pressure specified in Section 305.6.

Continuously recording accelerometers shall be installed to measure accelerations in all three (3) directions during transit. A report characterizing the loads and the effect on the shipment shall be prepared by the Seller and submitted to the Purchaser.

The Seller shall maintain the raw data and make it available for review by the Purchaser.

3 05.8 Storage 305.8.1 Seller's Preparation Each Replacement Steam Generator shall be prepared for long-term storage while at the Seller's facility. The exterior surfaces of the vessel shall be protected against rusting of the ferritic steel and corrosive attack of the primary nozzle stainless steel safe ends. The Replacement Steam Generators interior surfaces shall be protected against oxidation or corrosive attack by use of an inert dry nitrogen gas plenum. The Replacement Steam Generators assembly interior I

surfaces, primary and secondary, shall be clean and inspected and all vessel openings hermetically sealed with welded

l 4R129NS1014. Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators l

Page 80 of 143 l

covers, threaded plugs, or gasketed closures. The Seller shall provide suitable storage supports (i.e. skids or cradles) for gadt RSG. The storage period shall follow completion of shop fabrication and assembly commencing with initial vacuum purging and back filling of dry nitrogen gas to provide the replacement steam generator interior with the following required plenum characteristics:

Dew Point: 20 F or lower ne minimum requirements for the nitrogen is a commercial grade that does not contain more than 0 20 percent by volume ofimpurities and has a dew point below -67'F.

Oxygen Content: Less than 1 percent by volume, measured at double gauge gas outlet manifolds mounted on the steam generator.

305.8.2 Storage Requirements at the Seller's Facility The Replacement Steam Generator storage shall meet ANSI N45.2.2 Level D and ASME NQA-1 and 2 as applicable, protection equivalency.

e a)

Facility ne Replacement Steam Generators shall be stored outdoors in a designated area marked and secured for storage, remote from heavy traffic, with access restricted to authorized personnel. The Replacement Steam Generators shall be up on saddles or cribbing to allow air circulation around the vessel and avoid condensation entrapment or ground contact. The storage areas will be properly graded, well-drained, and preferably gravel-covered or paved. Cleanliness and good housekeeping practice shall ensure no accumulation of unidentified q

or unauthorized material is present in the storage area.

b)

Surveillance A visual inspection of the storage area will be performed on a periodic basis. A record ofinspection will be maintained and proper action taken immediately to correct all unsatisfactory conditions. Particular attention will be given to observing evidence of moisture, corrosion, chipping, cracking or loss of paint or protective coatings on the Replacement Steam Generators and the condition of cribbing or saddles. This inspection is a

also to include weekly documented gauge readings of the nitrogen gas pressure and vessel ambient temperature. Both primary and secondary side gauge readings are required and are of equal importance.

c)

Inspections 1

c1)

Nitrogen Plenum Inspection 1

Pressure gauges located on the Replacement Steam Generators tube and shell side shall be used to monitor the nitrogen gas pressure for the primary and secondary side plenums. The gauge pressure will fluctuate with temperature but is not expected to go beyond the limits in this specification. The shop pressure gauge and temperature rradings will be taken and documented before and after Replacement Steam Generator movement into the storage area.

If the Replacement Steam Generator is not directly moved into the storage location, both vessel temperature and pressure gauge readings will be taken before and after each handling, since handling may break a seal and cause pressure loss.

1 In the event the Replacement Steam Generator gauge pressure is below the minimum positive pressure requirements, the cause shall be determined and corrective measures taken. Any gauge reading less than the minimum required pressure as defined in this specification, but greater than 1 psig will not require redrawing a vacuum. If the Replacement Steam Generator gauge indicates I psig or less, a nitrogen fill with dry nitrogen gas sufficient to obtain a vessel atmosphere sample will be required.

Any plenum that has a zero gauge reading (lost all pressure) shall be purged and refilled with nitrogen.

An interior not meeting Section 305.8.1 requirements shall be identified on a nonconformance report.

~.

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Stearn Generators l

Page 81 of 143 l

c2)

Vessel Exterior Inspection All surfaces of the Replacement Steam Generators shall be visibly inspected for signs of damage to the protective coatings and paint. Such damage would likely be in the form of scrapes, peelings, punctures, etc.

Any Replacement Steam Generator cover or vessel surface area which requires protective coating restoration shall be recosted to the original coating requirements or other acceptable protective coating alternatives.

306 INSPECTIONS. TESTS AND EXAMINATIONS 306.1 kom His section describes the requirements that shall be used in inspecting, testing and examining the materials used in the fabri-cation of the Replacement Steam Generators, the examination of the completed Replacement Steam Generators, and the examinations in accordance with the requirements of ASME Section XI.

His specification does not replace or supersede the minimum requirements of the applicable codes or standards.

306.2 General Recuirements All nondestructive examination (NDE) shall be in accordance with ASME III and ASME XI, as applicable, and the additional Purchaser's supplemental requirr.nents contained within this specification.

In addition to the tests and other activities in this specification, the Seller shall perform any design, specification of materials, tests, inspections and other activities which the Seller considers necessary to ensure that the design, material and workmanship are satisfactory for the service intended.

i 306.2.1 Personnr1 Qualifications Only personnel qualified and certified in accordance with SNT-TC-1 A (See 202.3) as amended by ASME Section XI, j

IWA-2300 and ASME Section III, NB-5500 shall perform NDE. Only personnel certified as Level II or III shall j

interpret and evaluate the results of examinations.

In addition, personnel performing baseline ISI of tubing shall meet the requirements of the edition and addenda of the ASME Section XI Code implemented by the Purchaser at the time the inspection is performed. Personnel interpreting ECT data for the baseline ISI shall be qualified to ASME Section XI IWA-2300 Level II or higher, having satisfactorily completed specific training in data interpretation and be Qualified Data Analysts. Personnel analyzing ECT data for the baseline ISI shall complete, to the Purchaser's satisfaction, a site-specific training course established by the Purchaser. Personnel performing tests which are not addressed by SNT-TC-1 A shall be qualified and certified in accordance with ANSI N45.2.6 except that they she be high school graduates or have earned the General Education Development of a high school diploma.

306.2.2 Program Plans and Procedures The Seller shall submit, for Purchaser's approval, the NDE program plans to be implemented to satisfy the requirements of ASME III, ASME XI, and this specification. His program shall consist of, as a minimum, tables for both sections of the ASME Code which list components and weldments versus the type of examination to be made.

Except as stated below, the Seller shall submit applicable nondestructive testing procedures including examination report forms for review and approval by the Purchaser prior to implementation. In addition, when the Seller subcontracts work including NDE required by this specification, the subcontractor's procedures shall be reviewed and approved by the Seller, prior to submittal to the Purchaser for review and approval.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 82 of 143 l1 De Seller shall submit procedures and techniques for performing volumetric examination (radiographic, ultrasonic, or 1 eddy current), surface examination (liquid penetrant preferred), or visual examination for the Purchaser's approval prior to use, ne Purchaser will establish a hold point to verify the technique at the onset of production testing.

If nondestructive testing procedures required by this specification have previously been submitted and approved, a statement may be submitted in lieu of the procedure which will be subject to concurrence by the Purchaser prior to implementation. He statement shall clearly identify the procedure, includiag revision or issue number, the date of submittal, and the project and contract number of which it was submitted. In addition, the Seller shall affirm that the procedure is exactly as previously submitted and is applicable to this specification.

306.23 Inspection Reports An inspection report shall be prepared by the Seller for each required NDE and shall include the following in addition to the information required by ASME III and ASME XI:

a)

Manufacturer's Name b)

Purchase Order Number c)

Name of Part and Part Identification Number d)

Method and Procedure Used c)

Records of Examination Calibrations f)

Results of Examination, including the specific size, location, orientation and disposition of all recordable indications. (Note: Code specific words only apply to the applicable code.)

l g)

Personnel Qualifications 96.3 fode and Soecification Recuirements Ma:erials shall be examined or tested in accordaNe with the requirements of ASME Section III, Subarticle NB-2500 and to the requirements of this specification. De completed vessel shall be examined and tested in accordance with the requirements of ASME Section III, Article NB 5000 and NB-6000.

Baseline ISI examinations shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of ASME Section XI (See 202.5).

3063.1 Materials Materials used in the fabrication of the Replacement Steam Generator shall be tested, inspected or examined in accordance with the following requirements:

306.3.1.1 Plate Material-NB-2530 Additionally UT shall be performed to detect laminations in plate material where an attachment will be welded. He examination zone shall include the area directly beneath the weld and a distance of one-half the plate thickness on each side. The detection capability shall be an area equivalent to 1/4-in, diameter flat bottom hole. Acceptance criteria shall be submitted for Purchaser approval.

306.3.1.2 Forgings and Bars - NB-2540

i l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 83 of 143 l

306.3.1.3 Tubular Products During manufacturing, each straight finished tube, over its full length, shall be subjected to a NDE performed in accordance to ASME III NB-2550 and NB-2560, EPRI Document NP-6743 L, and as supplemented below:

The Seller shall furnish the results of these tests to the Purchaser's representative. Any tubes with a wall thickness less than specified limits shall be rejected.

The inspection methods, speeds, and sensitivity of the examinations shall be such that they can reliably detect laminations, porosity and other defects or combination of defects with an aggregate dimension in the direction normal to the tube wall in excess of 0.002".

a)

Ultrasonic Test - Tubes Each straight finished tube, during manufacturing, shall be tested and accepted by ultrasonic methods in accordance with this specification as defined below and ASME III, NB-2552.

i Tubular products shall be ultrasonically examined utilizing reference standard (s) designed and fabricated as specified in the standard applicable to the material type, size, and dimensional tolerances involved with the following additional requirements. The reference standard (s) shall be permanently identified and supplied with the material examined under this specification.

The tubes shall be examined for longitudinal and transverse defects using ultrasonic immersion technique and scanning in two circumferential and two axial directions (4-way search).

Ultrasonic flaw detection shall be incorporated into the calibiation standard for defects,i.e., internal and external longitudinal notches, internal and external transverse notches.

He notches may be "V," "U" or " buttress" in configuration. For V-notches read 30* included angle for width.

The size of the calibration notches shall be compatible with the requirements for detection of defects to 0.10 mm and, in any event, shall not exceed:

Depth 0.1 mm (max)

Width 0.5 mm (max)

Length 4 mm (max)

Any tube with a discontinuity that produces an indication equal to or greater than the indication from the reference standard shall be rejected.

In addition, a continuous measurement of outside diameter and wall thickness shall be performed.

b)

Eddy Current Examination Tubes Each straight finished tube during manufacturing shall be tested by eddy current methods in accordance with ASME III NB-2550. An eddy current test shall be performed over the entire tube length. The results of these tests will be provided to the Purchaser. Specific requirements apply to ECT determination of the required 15 to I signal to noise ratio. He signal to noise ratio shall be determined as specified in EPRI Report NP-6743-L Volume 2 entitled " Guidelines for Procurement of Alloy 690 Steam Generator Tubing." he following are in addition to the requirements of the cited EPRI document:

The probe shall be of internal bobbin type.

The probe shall have a fill factor greater than or equal to 0.80.

He differential coils shall have a thickness of 0.060 inch each and 0.060 inch separation.

Each as-bent and thermally treated (including inner row stress relieving as applicable) tube shall be tested with an internal probe utilizing multifrequency MIZ-18 eddy current test in accordance with Section XI of the

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 84 of 143 li ASME Code and EPRI Guideline NP-6201, over the entire length (tube end to tube end). The results of these tests (recorded on optical disks) shall be retained by the Seller and a copy forwarded to the Purchaser for use by the Purchaser with a copy of software required to access the data. As stated previously in this specification, the Seller shall review the MIZ-18 data for all tubes prior to insertion in the bundle. %c criterion for rejection of tubes shall be a reproducible signal which indicates a defect or aggregate of defects constituting a 5%

reduction in wall thickness. Recognizing inherent difficulty in interpretation resulting from test sensitivity, the characterization of an acceptable and rejectable signal shall be as mutually agreed between the Seller and Purchaser. To reiterate, tubes which display a signal indicating a 5% or greater defect shall be rejected and NOT installed in the bundle. He Seller shall ensure that an adequate supply of spare tubes is available so that the schedule for tubing the bundle is not adversely affected by the rejection of the subject tubes.

After each Replacement Steam Generator is completely fabricated, the Seller shall perform a baseline ISI eddy current test in accordance with Section XI of the ASME Code over the entire length (tube end to tube end) of each tube in each Replacement Steam Generator and shall provide the results (recorded on optical disks and in a summary report) to the Purchaser. A multifrequency eddy current internal coil test for flaw detection and thickness gauging (equ;pment should include bobbin coil probe and be of the same type used by the Purchaser l for ISI) shall be used b) the Seller to provide high resolution and accuracy in its baseline eddy current testing j

of the tubing. The Seller shall also obtain and provide the Purchaser with baseline profilometry for each tube i

as described below. (Profilometry determination may be performed concurrently with baseline ECT). In addition, the Seller shall rotating pancake coil examinations as described below (equipment to be of the same type used by the Purchaser for ISI). In summary, the post-fabrication tubing examination requirements are as follows:

Profilometry of tubesheet expanded region,100% of tubes Eddy Current PSIinspection:

e

+

Full length (i.e., tube end to tube end) bobbin coil inspection,100% of tubes, all S/Gs.

+

RPC of the hot leg top-of-tubesheet transition (+1" to -4") of 20% of all tubes in c ch S/G.

RPC of 1000 (total for 4 S/Gs) free span, U-bend, and/or tube support locations selected by Hl.&P Engineering. In the case of U-bend and free span locations, the inspection shall extend, as a minimum, between the two adjacent support structures. Inspections at tube supports shall extend two inches above and below the support.

All indications shall be reported. Any tube with a wall thickness reduction in excess of 0.002" depth shall be l

removed and replaced or plugged. It should be noted that any tubes plugged as a result of this inspection shall be considered as " Tubes Plugged per Generator" under the " Delivery Condition" Liquidated Damages i

Schedule in the Terms & Conditions.

Calibration of the eddy current instrument shall be accomplished by means of reference standard. The refer-i ence standard shall be prepared from an appropriate length of tubing of the same specification, size and physi-cal condition as the tubes to be tested. Calibration shall be accomplished at the same speed at which inspection of the tubing is to be performed. He Purchaser shall review and approve test and calibration procedures. The Seller shall provide the reference standard used for final eddy current inspection to the Purchaser for use in future inspections.

The ability of the nondestructive equipment and procedure to detect defects over the entire cross section of the tube shall be demonstrated by means of longitudinal and circumferential notches on the inside and outside surfaces of the reference standard. This is in addition to the drilled hole through the wall of the reference i

standard used to establish rejection level.

i

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacernent Stearn Generators l ' Page 85 of 143 l

All tubing fabricated as part of the preproduction run (as detailed in Supplement B), will receive a full length eddy current test utilizing MlZ-18 equipment as described above. His will be accomplished after the tubing is bent and thermally treated. The results of this testing will be provided to the Purchaser for his approval, prior to commencing the full production of tubing.

c)

HydrostaticTests Tubes All tubes shall be individually subjected to a shop hydrostatic pressure test after bending,in accordance with ASME III requirements. Any tube with leakage indications shall be rejected. The method used to dry tubes after testing shall be submitted to Purchaser for approval. In no case shall induced heating of the tube be allowed. The water used in the test shall be in accordance with Section 305.3.5.

he quality of the demincralized water used for final cleaning and flushing shall be monitored continuously using conductivity meters and shall be checked prior to use (at least once per day) for compliance to the i

above.

The hydrostatic test pressure shall be applied at metal and water temperature high enough to ensure that the metal is at least 60 F above its nil-ductility transition temperature (if applicable).

306.3.1.4 Castings Casting examinations shall be in accordance with ASME Section III, NB-2570.

306.3.1.5 Bolting Bolting examinations shall be in accordance with ASME Section III, NB-2580.

306.3.1.6 Cladding The cladding on the steam generator seal surfaces, channel head bowl, nozzles and manways, and primary face of the tubesheet shall be ultrasonically inspected for 100% of the volume for both bond and defects in accordance with this specification and the applicable sub anicles. For weld clad deposits, UT shall be performed using a calibration standard block typical of the cladding and base material. The calibration standard blocks used shall be supplied to the Purchaser when the Replacement Steam Generator (s) are delivered. Calibration for bonding and defects shall be by a 1/8-inch diameter flat bottom hole drilled through the base material and terminating at the cladding interface. Any 1

indications (s) which produces an amplitude in excess of that obtained from the calibration hole shall be unacceptable.

Weld clad deposits shall be examined in accordance with ASTM-SA578M.

306.3.2 Completed Vessel Examinations Examination of completed vessels shall be performed in ac.cordance with the following requirements:

)

306.3.2.1 Personnel Qualifications

[

Personnel qualifications shall be in accordance with Section 306.2.1 of this specification.

306.3.2.2 Visual Examinations Visual examinations shall be in accordance with ASME Section III and the following requirements:

In addition to ASME III requirements, visual examination of all welds shall be performed prior to painting or other coating applications.

i Procedures for visual examination of welds shall be prepared by the Seller and submitted to the Purchaser for approval prior to the implementation.

4

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 86 of 143

]

The following acceptance criteria supplement any visual weld examination criteria provided by ASME III:

a)

The size, length, and location of all welds shall conform to the requirements of the specification, code, procedure, and/or detailed drawings. No welds shall be added or deleted.

i b)

Weld profiles shall be in accordance with the specification, code, procedures, and/or detailed drawings.

c) norough fusion shall exist between adjacent beads of weld metal and between the weld and base metal.

d) t ll craters shall be filled to the full cross-section of the designed weld.

i c)

Surfaces of buttjoints required to be flush shall be finished so as not to reduce the thickness of the weld / base metal of the thinner weld or base metal below the required section thickness.

f)

Single pass seal welds shall be free of porosity.

g)

Undercut shall not exceed 1/32 inch.

h)

He weld shall be free of slag and spatter except for inaccessible small areas of the upper internals. For these locations, effort to clean and remove spatter by bmshing or other suitable means shall be used.

i)

Cracks or blemishes caused by are strikes shall have been ground to a smooth contour and shall have been checked after grinding to ensure soundness using MT (yoke method) or Fr. No linear indications are acceptable. Ground areas shall not violate required section thickness.

Dimensional Verification Prior to shipment of the vessel, the Seller shall verify that all external RSG dimensions identified by the Purchaser are within stated tolerances. Nozzle locations and perpendicularity to the RSG centerline are of primary concern.

Further, the Seller shall provide drawings which document the 'as-built

• measurements of all dimensions identified by the Purchaser.

306.3.2.3 Liquid Penetrant Examinations Liquid penetrant examinations shall be performed in accordance with ASME Section V, Article 6 and to the applicable subarticles of ASME Section III, NB-5000.

306.3.2.4 Magnetic Particle Examinations Magnetic particle examinations shall be performed in accordance with ASME Section V, Article 7 and to the applicable subarticles of ASME Section III, NB-5000.

The Seller shall comply with the following requirements whenever magnetic particle examination of welds is required:

a)

He magnetizing current shall be rectified alternating current unless the yoke technique is approved for use by the Purchaser on a case-by-case basis.

b)

Magnetic particle examination shall be performed after any required postweld heat treatment, including P1 materials.

c)

Overheating or burning of the surface is unacceptable.

d)

He overall circular magnetization method and the longitudinal magnetization method shall be used for bolts.

The examination shall be performed after fabrication processes are completed.

If the surface to be examined is machined to a finish equal to, or better than 250 RMS, and the detection of discontinuities is critical, machined surfaces shall be examined using the wet Duorescent method.

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 87 of 143 l

306.3.2.5 Radiographic Examinations Radiographic Examinations shall be performed in accordance with ASME Section V. Article 2, except as modified by the requirements of ASME Section III, NB-5000 and the supplemental requirements of this specification, ne following supplemental requirements for radiographic examinations shall be fulfilled:

a)

Compliance with radiographic density limitations shall be determined using calibrated densitometers and density strips.

b)

Fluorescent screens are not permitted.

c)

All production radiographs shall be neviewed and approved by the Seller prior to submittal to the Purchaser's Shop Inspector (PSI). If radiographs of all affected welds are not approved by the Seller prior to PWHT, Seller is accepting the risk of the possibility that due to required repairs, the PWHT may need to be repeated.

d)

Film processing practice shall be controlled in accordance with ASTM E94. Radiographs of weld repairs shall be designated with an "R"in the film identification. Film storage shall be in accordance with the requirements of ANSI NA45.2.9. Film processing and storage practice shall be identified in the radiographic procedure.

e)

Completed radiographic film shall be periodically collected and delivered to the Purchaser during the fabrication process, on a mutually agreed upon periodicity (e.g., bimonthly). All radiographic film shall be submitted to Purchaser pisor to the delivery of the Replacement Steam Generators.

f)

The weld examination zone shall include the weld and heat affected zone. The weld heat affected zone shall be considered to extend 1/2 inches beyond the weld fusion line and the weld boundary shall be clearly indicated on the film.

g)

Double film exposure shall be used on all production radiography of weldments for final acceptance.

h)

The Seller shall describe the equipment to be used in radiographic testing in its proposal.

i)

First time radiographic examination shall be a hold point to verify procedure compliance, j)

When radiographic examination is required, surface examination of welds shall also be performed by magnetic particle methods for ferromagnetic steels or by liquid penetrant test for non-magnetic material.

306.3.2.6 Ultrasonic Examination Ultrasonic examination, when required by the applicable subarticles of /.SME Section III, NB-5000 shall be per.

formed in accordance with ASME Section V, Article 5.

Ultrasonic examination of clad volume and clad / base metal interface shall be in accordance with Sections 306.3.1.6 and 304.12.2 of this specification.

l Scan plans of the material volume through which ultrasonic beams will pass shall be included as part of the submitted procedures. The information resulting from required famination examinations shall be documented and provided as part of the Ultrasonic Examination Report. He area, location and distance from a reference point to all laminar reflectors shall be reported and available prior to the required angle beam examinations.

The examination volume shall include the weld and base material extending half the base material thickness beyond the weld fusion line for Class I welds and base material and 1/2 inch beyond the weld fusion line for Class 2 welds.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators l

Page 88 of 143 l

Ultrasonic examinations shall be conducted to detect laminations in plate material where an attachment will be welded and stresses created in the short transverse direction. The examination volume shall be the material directly beneath the weld and a distance of half the plate thickness on each side of the weld. The primary nozzle butter material shall be examined after welding by both straight-beam and angle-beam ultrasonic examination.

l All welds, nozzles and other parts shall be configured and located so as to provide adequate access for required ASME XI inspections. The surface finish and contour of areas subject to ISI shall also be such as to facilitate ISI and eliminate the necessity for surface preparation. In addition, all welds subject to ISI shall be permanently marked by the Seller, ne Seller shall submit the proposed method and extent of ISI weld marking for Purchaser approval.

De Seller shall perform baseline ISI inspections of welds and transition areas as required and in accordance with ASME Section XI. The Seller shall utilize the same inspection technique (i.e., manual, contact UT) and equipment (pulse echo) as the Purchaser to perform the subject inspections. (Details of technique and equipment will be checked I

when procedures are semitted for approval.) Repair of any defects discovered is fully the responsibility of the Seller.

The S2 shall furnish documentation of all weld metal repairs within 3T (where T is shell thickness) of allISI welds. Documentation shall include location and dimensions of the repair cavity. Concurrent ASME Section III and Section XI inspections may be performed, if all Code and specification requirements are satisfied.

306.4 Additional Fabrication Testinc 306.4.1 Helium Leak Test - Tube to Tubesheet The shell side shall be leak tested by means of a low pressure helium leak test prior to final tube expansion. Any tube joint weld with leakage indications shall be repaired and retested. His test procedure shall be submitted for approval by the Purchaser prior to use.

306.4.2 Dye Penetrant Test - Tube to Tubesheet After expanding the tubes in the tubesheet, the Seller shall perform dye penetrant tests on the tube-to-tubesheet welds in accordance with ASME III, NB-5274 and to the acceptance requirements of NB-5350. Seller is not required to repeat the helium leak testing of the tube to tubesheet joints (performed prior to tube expansion) following weld repair of the tube to tubesheet welds resulting from the dye penetrant tests unless more than 10 tubes in a generator require such weld repair.

Seller may perform the dye penetrant tests prior to hydraulic expansion provided thst Seller can experimentally demonstrate that stresses in welds utilizing Seller's alternate sequence are small. If Seller elects to pursue the alternate methodology, a test report qualifying the alternate method per this requirement shall be submitted for Purchaser approval.

306.5 Shoo Assembly Test The Seller shall perform hydrostatic tests in its shop as required by ASME III. A hydrostatic test pressure shall be applied to each side, as applicable, and held for a minimum of 20 minutes. He pressure shall then be reduced to design pressure and held for at least four hours while the shell side and channel head are examined for leaks. All tubes shall be hydrotested in accordance with Section 306.3.1.3. Immediately following the tests, all water shall be drained out. Drying shall be done with warm, dry nitrogen.

The shop hydrostatic tests of the Replacement Steam Generators shall be witnessed by the Authorized Nuclear Inspector (ANI) and Purchaser's Shop Inspector. No leakage indications are acceptable.

306.6 Performance Tests After installation, the Purchaser will perform certain functional tests on the Replacement Steam Generators to verify that they comply with the requirements of tB rpacification and are capable of satisfactorily performing the intended function. These tests shall Hsed as rL basis for determining compliance with the terms of the Replacement Steam Generator contract performance test requirements.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 89 of 143 l

De Seller shall prepare and submit to the Purchaser for review and approval, procedures for performing these functional tests.

De procedures shall include details regarding accepted methods of measurement, accuracy, references, specific reference criteria, sketches, data sheets, and test equipment required if other than normal plant equipment. Rese tests shall be conducted in accordance with procedures approved by the Purchaser.

De Seller shall incorporate in its design, features which may be required to test or otherwise demonstrate compliance, both initially and on a routine basis. The Seller shall furnish technical consultants for the test and onsite advisory personnel for each test performed at its expense.

Seller shall identify any additional parameters not specified below for which functional tests may be recommended. He l

following parameters as a minimum will be verified by functional performance testing:

306.6.1 Thermal and Hydraulic Performance Each Replacement Steam Generator will generate steam which will meet or exceed the pressure, temperature, and flow rate requirements of section 301.12 when supplied with reactor coolant and feedwater at the full load conditions specified in the thermal and hydraulic requirements of this specification. These tests will be conducted using plant installed instrumentation.

306.6.2 Moisture Carryover Steam leaving the Replacement Steam Generators will not exceed the design basis limit of 0.10% moisture content when operating at 100% of steam flow and temperature conditions. Measurements to ensure compliance with this requirement will be made using either the Sodium 24 or Lithium tracer techniques.

306.6.3 Primary and Secondary Side Pressure Drop Measurements and Reactor Coolant Flow Rates Tube side pressure drop, including pressure losses through the primary inlet nozzles, will result in a reactor coolant system flow that falls within the range specified in section 301.12. Secondary side pressure drop shall be meu" red to ensure that required feedwater flow rates are maintained. RCS flow will be measured via precision secondary calorimetric methods.

306.6.4 Water Level Control Water level control will respond predictably and smoothly for the following transients: 10% step load increase /

decrease, 5% per minute ramp increase,40% step load reduction, and nominal reactor trip.

306.6.5 Primary to Secondary Leakage Upon initial unit operation of the Replacement Steam Generators, leakage from the primary to the secondary side of the steam generator shall be undetectable.

306.6.6 Steam Generator Blowdown The Replacement Steam Generators shall be able to meet or exceed the blowdown capacity for the Replacement Steam Generators identified in the plant's specific data sheets of this specification.

306.6.7 Calibrated Steam Flow Restrictor If Purchaser chooses to exedse the calibrated steam nozzle option, accuracy will be verified via chemical tracer techniques, feedwater flow venturi (upon startup) or mass balance of steam generator inventory.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators l

Page 90 of 143 l

306.7 Preservice Exammations Upon completion of the ASME III hydrotest and prior to shipment of the Replacement Steam Generator assemblies, t shall perform baseline volumetric ultrasonic (UT) and eddy current (ET) and surface examinations on the inservi (ISI) required welds and tubing.

For purposes of the ISI requirements, the primary side of the Steam Generators is cons.idered to be ASME Code Class I pressure retaining components and the secondary side of the Steam Generators, ASME Code Class 2.The requirementsSection XI, Subsection IWB and IWC, respectively, shall apply.

The Seller shall review and consider the Purchaser's ISI specification in RSG design and actual performance of baseline ISI.

306.7.1 Scope of Preservice Inspection The preservice examination shall be conducted prior to plant startup or restart. These preservice examinations shall be extended to include essentially 100% of the pressure retaining Class I welds and all Class 2 welds selected for examination in the Purchaser's program. He preservice examination shall also include 100% of the tubing.

306.7.2 Calibration Blocks Ultrasonic calibration blocks which meet the requirements of ASME Section XI,IWA 2232, and the codes referenced therein shall be furnished to the Purchaser by the Seller. As-built drawings and material certifications shall be provided for all calibration standards furnished to the Purchaser by the Seller.

Special blocks such as mockups,if needed for complex weldjoints, shall be supplied by the Seller.

Seller shall provide, as a minimum, the calibration blocks listed in Attachment 8.

Eddy current calibration standards meeting the requirements of ASME Section XI Appendix IV, shall be furnished to the Purchaser by the Seller. In addition, the Seller shall furnish wear scar and rotating pancake probe ET standards to the Purchaser for approval.

306.7.3 Examinations Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements of ASME Section XI,IWA-2200. Written procedures and plans shall be provided by the Seller for the Purchaser's review and approval. The intent is the examinations will be conducted in a similar manner to the Purchaser's ISI methodology and with equipment equivalent to that used by the Purchaser.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 91 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A All information provided in Supplement A is for information only. For design purposes, Seller should verify and utilize the information from existing controlled STP documents such as the original steam generator design specification, stress reports, piping analysis, UFSAR, SER, etc.

SUPPLEMENT A - PART A PLANT DATA SHoETS - COMPARISON SHEETS DATA DESCRII' TION UNITS ORIGINAL DESIGN REPLACEMENT REMARKS DATA DESIGN DATA Al LOCATION: South Texas Project Unit I and 2 Tg5f9Mn ;%%g n i N MfEMdQ$

P ~ ~~ ~ - ~-

l, (Note 1)

A2 STEAM GENERATOR MANUFACTURER Westinghouse Westinghouse A3 STEAM GENERATOR MODEL model E

Delta 94 A4.a STEAM GENERATOR HEATTRANSFER ft2 68,000 (Ul) 94550 All 8 replacement generators to have same HT surface AREA 67,818 (U2) area.

A4.b NUMBER OFTUBES 4864 (Ul) 7585 All 8 replacement generators to have same number of 4851 (U2) tubes.

AS.a TUBE OUTSIDE DIAMETER inches 0.75" 0.688" 10.005" (10.002" for first 25.00")

AS.b AVERAGE TUBE WALL THICKNESS inches 0.043" 0.040" 10.004" AS.c TUBE MATERIAL type SB-163 SB163 Thermally Treated 690 AS.d TYPE OF TUBE PITCH type Square Triangular AS.e AVERAGETUBE PITCH inches 1.080" 0.980" A6 NUMBER OF STEAM GENERATORS PER 4

4 UNIT A7 TOTAL NUMBER OF STEAM y;gg

~ gy 8

Total for both Units; design shall apply to both units GENERATORS TO BE ORDERED kppfsY Q

where practical; procurement of materials and s Y El fabrication may proceed on Unit I only.

A8 RSG SITE DELIVERY DATES -(A) RSG #4, mm/dd/yy %

(A) Specified in 2

il Contract (B) RSG #8 inM d~kh '.

(B) not released A9 PREFERRED FINAL SHIPMENT METIIOD Barge Via Colorado river.

~

=

=

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 92 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A - PART A PLANT DATA SHEETS - COMPARISON SIIEETS DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS ORIGINAL DESIGN REPLACEMENT REMARKS DATA DESIGN DATA (Note 1) l g

A10 ALTERNATE FINAL SIIIPMENT METIIOD p

Rail

];ql Am l{:pQtg 7 0

Uprated SG design not requested.

AII UPRATED DESIGN INPUT VALUES p

A12 CORE POWER RATING MWt 3800 3800 A13 NSSS POWER RATING MWt 3817 (see remark) 3821 Actual pump heat is 4 MWt higher than original de:.ign rating. Seller shall account for this.

A14 FULL LOAD OPERATING TEMPERAWRES

• F

{

Mj%7

~ I'_c;y @]

,. g yg..;c A., :

7. g 4

... -c. - :: r - -.

3.

A14.a IIOT LEG TEMPERATURE

• F 620.3 / 626.1 (U1)

TBD Minimum T, = 616.0, Maximum T, = 626.1 (ACTUA11 DESIGN) 619.6 / 626.1 (U2)

Plant operating point to be determined; warranted performance is addressed in 301.12; actuals taken frcm surveillance data.

A14.b COLD LEG TEMPERATURE

• F 557.7 / 559.7 (U1)

TBD Plant operating point to be determined; wwranted (ACTUAllDESIGN) 556.6 / 559.7 (U2) performance is addressed in 301.12; actuals taken from surveillance data.

A14.c AVERAGE ~IEMPERA*IURE

• F 589.0 / 592.9 (UI)

TBD Plant operating point to be determined; warranted (ACTUAllDESIGN) 588.1/ 592.9 (U2) performance is addressed in 301.12; actuals taken from surveillance data.

~

AIS RCS 0% POWER AVERAGE

• F 567 567 No load temperature and pressure is mquested not to TEMPERATUI;E change.

A16 RCS PRESSURE (OPERATING) psia 2250 2250 No load temperature and pressure is requested not to

^

change.

A17 AVERAGE RCS LOOP COOLANT FLOW gpm 101,500 105,900 @ 0 %

Plant operating point to be determined; warranted (BEST ESTIMATE) plugged performance is addressed in 301.12 104,300 @ 10 %

plugged AIS DESIGN TURBINE-GENERATOR net / gross 1250.6/ 1311.8 1250.6 / 1311.8 ELECTRICAL OUTPUT MWe A19 FULL LOAD STEAM PRESSURE psia i100 TBD As measured just downstream of a team outlet nozzle.

Mimmum steam pressure shall be iGt0 psia. Plant operating point to be determined; warranted I

g performance is addressed in 301.12.

t

l 4R129NS1014 Rev 0 l Speedication for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 93 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A - PART A PLANT DATA SIIEETS - COMPARISON SIIEETS DATA DESCRII' TION UNITS ORIGINAL DESIGN REPLACEMENT REMARKS DATA DESIGN DATA (Note I)

A20 FULL LOAD STEAM TEMPERATURE

'F 556.3 TBD Plant operating point to be determined; warranted performance is addressed in 301.12.

A21 FULL LOAD STEAM FLOW PER STEAM lb / hr 4.240,000 TBD Plant operating point to be determined; warranted GENERATOR performance is addressed in 301.12.

A22 STEAM FLOW RESTRICTOR yes / no Yes Yes 1.400 sq. ft. maximum throat area.

i A22.a FEEDWATER NO77I E FLOW RESTRICTOR yes / no Yes No Restrictor not required unless RSG design mandates it.

A23 FEEDWATER FLOW PER STEAM lb / hr steam flow + 40,000 steam flow + 40,000 Blowdown flow not considered in original performance GENERATOR (blowdown) min (blowdown) calculations.

A24 FEEDWATER INLET TEMPERATURE

• F 440 440 (nominal)

Seller shall qualify RSG for operation with full load 390 (alternate) feedwater temperature of 390*F.

A25 FULL LOAD FEEDWATER INLET psi

%. j@g g9 1100 PRESSURE 1.23iiVM L

A26 BLOWDOWN CAPACITY, PER STEAM lb / hr 40,000/ 120,000 40,000/ 120,000 RSG design shall not li nit max blowdown capacity.

t GENERATOR (Continuous / Max.)

(Also see 3(M.9.10)

Nor shall it require increased blowdown since plant A27 FULL LOAD MOISTURE CARRYOVER 0.25

< 0.1 A28 FULL LOAD MOISTURE CARRYUNDER

-f

< 0.1 A29 DESIGN PLUGGING MARGIN 10 A30 STEAM GENERATOR CIRCULATION design 2.94 (des - Unit 1) see Supplement B Without flow induced vibration / erosion problems.

RATIO 3.01 (des - Unit 2)

A31 RCS INLET CONNECTION SIZE inches 31/3.21 31/3.21 See nozzle table for requirements

[

(LD/rIIICKNESS) i A32 RCS INLET CONNECTION MATERIAL SA-508 CL2 w/

SA336316LN Note: For primary piping mockups see 3CM.9.19.1 309L SS Buildup A33 RCS OUTLET CONNECTION SIZE inches same as inlet see Part C (LDITIIICKNESS)

A34 RCS OUTLET CONNECTION MATERIAL same as inlet see Part C 1

l

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 94 of 143 l

SUPI'LEMENT A - PART A '

PLANT DATA SIIEETS - COMPARISON SHEETS DATA DESCRIITION UNITS ORIGINAL DESIGN REPLACEMENT REMARKS 5

DATA DESIGN DATA (Note I) i A35 STEAM GENERATOR CIIEMISTRY EPRI Guidelines Tables 2-3a & 2-3b of EPRI Guidelines: TR-102134 entitled "PWR Secondary LIMITS BASED ON TR-102134, Rev. 3 Water Chemistry Guidelines;"

AND Table 3-2 of TR-105714 entitled "PWR Primary Water Chemistry TR-105714, Rev 3 Guidelines" t

A36 OVERALL TUBE FOULING FACTOR R

0.00005 Bundle.

0.0001I s

(cntngncy) 0.00010 Preheater hr-ft^2 *F I

/ BTU A37 DESIGN LIFE years 40 40 A38 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

}

.[L -

A38.a NORMAL AMBIENTTEMPERATURE

'F 65 /120 50/120 Min temperature dropped to 50 deg F due to potential (min / max) ventilation discharge temperatures.

A38.b ABNORMAIJACCIDENT AMBIENT TEMP

'F 159/328 159 /350 Increase in accident temperature is to provide margin if secondary side inventory increases.

A38.c CUMULATIVE RADIATION DOSAGE, rads 2.00E+08 2.00E+08 Gamma and Beta NORMAL CONDITIONS A38.d CUMULATIVE RADIAT10N DOSAGE, rads 1.20E+09 1.20E4)

Gamma and Beta ABNORMAL CONDITIONS 6

A38.e EXTERNAL PRESSURE (min / max) psig

-3.5/56.5

-3.5/56.5 Containment Accident Limit A39.a MAXIMUM PRIMARY SIDE PRESSURE psia 2250/2500 2250 /2500 Static head, pump head and coolant pressure drop not (OP/ DES) included in these numbers.

[

A39.b MAXIMUM SECONDARY SIDE PRESSURE psig 1200/1300 1200/1300 (OP/ DES)

^b '

b if h

0, A39.d MAXIMUM PRIMARY TO SECONDARY psid 1600 1600 SIDE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE (DES)

A39.e MAXIMUM SECONDARY TO PRIMARY psid 670 670 SIDE DIFFERENT1AL PRESSURE (DES)

A40.a MAXIMUM PRIMARY SIDE COINCIDENT

'F 626/ 650 626/ 650 TEMPERATURE (OP/ DES)

A40.b MAXIMUM SECONDARY SIDE

• F 567;oo0 567 /600 COINCIDENTTEMPERATURE (OP / DES)

-. m

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 95 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENTA PLANT DATA SIIEETS - COMPARISON SIIEETS - PART A DATA DESCRIPTION UNITS ORIGINAL DESIGN REPLACEMENT REMARKS DATA DESIGN DATA (Note 1) l A43 PLANT SPECIFIC NOTES Unit 1: 2 of 4 SGs are See notes 2 & 3 below tilted A44 S/G ASME CODE EFFECTIVE DATE mm/ddlyy 1974, Summer 1976 See ASME Design Expected to be ASME Section III,1989 Edition Addenda Specification Cater)

NOTES

1. Reference Design Data provided by Seller (table entries enclosed by heavy outline) represents preliminary design information and may be superseded by Purchaser approved design documents or by mutual agreement between Seller and Purchaser. 'Ihis data shall be updated following completion of the Unit I replacement steam generators.

2. HL&P will do a one piece replacement.

3. Two out of four steam generators (Unit I only) were installed tilted. Seller shall provide consideration of this condition in seismic reanalysis.

l t

6 w

I l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page % Of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B BigfYSICAL CIIARACIERISTICS OF ORIGINAL STEAM CENERATOR B1J CONDITION WEIGIIT CENTER OF (LBS)

MASS On.)

• DF.Y (CALCULATED) 912,400 365.00 NORMALOPERATING(100% LOAD) 1.107.100 357.00 FLOODED (WATER AT70 F)

I,490,400 366.00

• CENTER OF MASS DISTRIBUTION FROM BOTTOM OF MAIN SUPPORTS L

Bl.2 CURRENTNOZZLECONNECIlONS DESCRIPIlON NO. REQ'D.

SIZE END PREPARATION PRIMARY SIDEINlET See Part C PRIMARY SIDE OtJaLET SHELL BLOWDOWN STEAM DRUM PRESSURE TAP SHELL DRAIN FEEDWATER INLET LEVELINDICATION-WIDE RANGE LEVELINDICATION-NARROW RANGE i

STEAM OUTLET AUXILIARY FEEDWATER

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 97 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A i

PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B B2. INIERFACING CONTROL FUNCTIONS B2.1 S1EAM GENERATOR WATER LEVEL CONTROL PROGRAM.SETFOINTS

. c ~.. : e, S. m. W. - ; n : n, ;ft".,' T.w ~,e

m. 3 3

~

m g:

pg- ;

_ w=.1 p sr q., :

u-

D.-

-a n;

a at i

& x,

,~

y.

.,y<<..

x -4 r

,a v m ~ ; sk.r-;-: ;n 3

-m

q u

q.;

m ;.i.%... : O t W-

'l

15Mi, lf 4 T-G.%, l @a-.-.

% Narrow Range Span (179" Tap to Tap) t, 2,

c hAk[. _.$w.2)1:.P[shh-IBAD tow Trip Water level Hi Trip m

nu

-w".

n.3

.x-

---f p, -

g. s L a,..- e a

+

+

' w gr T,ne;n;;b g.

0 33 58.6 87.5 n.:

-a m

~

7- %

f;ro, 1'a 5

~

M 100 33 58.6 87.5

< ~ _,,... _.

Q:y' y-

~

,+

y y g

g-;

m.

_ -.[1M>.

}

a hJ K

v 8

fg mW8"I8%

Q NOTE Current tap-to-tap span is 179* with the lower tap placement h[**-

p m

n,,

n I (( [a,1bqp[ h~ 467.00" above bottom of support pads. Tap-to-tap span should be w

ex 3

1

,-g

[. ge?

s A: o 1 G maintained the same. IF PRACTICAL Azimuthal placement of taps i

.c

(.,

:r g,r.,,/._M shall also be maintained IF POSSIBLE However, operating flexibility is

~

.m 4 s

E[

,[

ihh a higher priority and shall govern design requirements.

. h f Q h, mc..y #q

g. g 7

w n.

v y

a n

. 1e se -.e

+

w s

2.r i s,; p..

.. #w, p.

4 -

3..

f pp _

.t! s.m~

q 4

7 tw R

w w

• y.

l sgm3.,.

-y -q s n

-m g.q b

e-..;awter.so340;senset3Mesc.seise2

-g N <

b2Ah$dMEbbObdi.Sa.3$)inNh2db$NdUdbg i

J i

i B2.2 REACTOR COOLANT TEMPERATURE CONTROL PROGRAM, Before and After T het Reduction 3

'i wwn,,.,,.

n c.,

?

.m.

a.

+.

m-y_

._3

,~w 8

1

~

V-g

i ;q;,

. s.

5 ;. ses

~

r: '

.; ' +:

.3

,i

. x. r ng c.

e L_

c a-

~ ::x % 39

' '.f.;p k. sW', u.f,._,' ;Olh e

,.mr._

V.,e>

^

p gg c :;-:

=-,

~-

q g; v3 9 g*

_ Li > g%, f y

c A g m

3g ngg_

y.,.

M 6 f te y

i' N

sf

..j g

y y

/ m qQ;qg

~

g., rrm m_

~

~

f" q.

-y /;

ff

'_ M ^amm

__ r.

q p

/

3g

r; w/o 'Ihot redxn w/ Thot redxn f

~

iN yg 7/

m. w r

- M2h8f..m[%

y

- ya f

% IJOAD (T ave 'F)

(T ave *F) e

+

v-y 9.;

x 7

w

_3-

-s

~

...m,

' y' 0

567 567 i

sy e:

a

~a m.

-;?s :

e t

.,7,6.-

m.

~~

4-100 593 582.3 E "".

p e:

-.zw

- 3:~.e.

e-.

s.

+

o s-

..~

[ m - ',, ' fu yN Note: Use linear interpolation for intermediate loads.

yl:- m o :, 4, ee ge, ;; ee ;. e, < q e,y;.y u ee --

e, u me 9

7. -r e k ': '

r -: p%

5uch%fW c.

• fm a% @: w%%%

v 5'-

' s:A5eN%s u t.k'EikiaA Lsh % LM.dh kwisdk5hk's.4Al&Eh:MsswdC&l J.M:5SW"ik.>B i

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification fOr Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 98 Of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B B2.3 FrEAM DUMPSYSTEM(DESCRIPrION)

The steam dump system is used (1) to assist the rod control system in controlling RC3 temperature and pressure following turbine load rejections of up to 50% power without causing an automatic reactor trip (2) to remove reactor decay heat to cool the RCS back down to no. load cotxiitions after turbine trips, and (3) during normal plant startups (up to 15% power), shutdowns and plant cooldowns to control secondary side steam pressures.

There are twelve (12) steam dump valves each with a nominal capacity of 3.33% (40% total for all twelve). The steam dumps tie the main steam headerjust downstream of the main steam isolation valves into the main condenser, bypassing the tmbine. Each valve can g) from full closed to full open in 3 to 5 seconds. The steam dump valves are arrangd into four banks with equal capacity and one valve per condenser shell.

The rod control system is designed to handle a 10% step power chang or a 10% ramp up or down in power over two minutes. The capacity of the steam dump system, when combined with the rod control system, permits a 50% load reduction without reactor trip.

During plant heatup and shutdown, below 15% power the steam dump valves modulate based on main steam header pressure. After shutdown, the RCS cooldown rate is controlled by adjusting the steam pressure setpoint downward.

On a turbine load reduction, the steam dumps rnodulate open as necessary to divert steam flow to the condenser.

M ore detailed design data may be provided upon Contractor's request.

B2.4 DESIGN FEEDWATER TEMPERA ~IURE vs. LOAD 440 g

Feedwater Tem 420

% WAD

(*F)

,g# -

l 30 325 g

40 350 f

50 370 3

60 388 300 70 402 280 80 416 26G{

90 430 1

240 -

100 440 I

I 220 Assume 240*F supply below 30% power.

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 NOTE: Feedwater remperatwe modifications may

-5 Feedwater Temp (*F) be performed to drop feedwater temp to 390*F at full power. Nozzle stress analysis shall take this into account.

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 99 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B B3 STEAM CENERATOR SifPPORT MEMBER LOADING Inforrnational Source: WCAP 9135, Rev 3 Normal Upset Faulted (Note 6)

Imad (Note 1)

% of Allowable Imad (Note 1)

%of Allowable Imad (Note 1)

% of ALowable B3.1 LOWER SUPPORTS:

kips kips kips LB-l 2, ard 3 (Beam) 19 (Note 3) 282 32 (Note 3) 766 50(N4 w 3) 100(Note 2)

LB.4 (Beam) 19 (Note 3) 282 40 (Note 3) 572 50 (Note 3) 100 (Note 2)

LS-l and 2 (Bumper) 23 (Note 3)

'23 (Note 3)

I174 32 (Note 3) 100 (Note 2)

LS-3 (Bumper) 1 (Note 3) 282 9 (Note 3) 572 15 (Note 3)

Column Assembly

+0 0

+72 6

+259 14/100 (Notc 2)

-405 28

-568 39

-1012 59/100 (Note 2)

B3.2 UPPER SUPPORTS:

US-1 (Bumpers) 16 (Note 5) 755 38 (Note 5) 1288 91 (Note 5)

ULS-1 and 2 (Ring Girder) 936 37 17I3 45 91 (Note 2)

Snubbers (Note 4) 342 33 645 50 SB-1 (Snubber Bracket)

+240 60

+453 82

-342

-645 AFA-1 (A-Frame) 755 11 (Unit 1) 1356 17 (Unit 1).

16(Unit 2) 26 (Unit 2),

100(Note 2)

NOTES:

1.0 "+" = Tension," " = Compression 2.0 Includes jet impingement loads 3.0 Includes both the effects of attachments on the supports and loads imposed on the supports by the building structure.

4.0 Snubbers wene qualified by a 500 kip upset capacity and a 1300 kip faulted capacity per snubber 5.0 Percent stressed includes building loads on the support.

6.0 Faulted =

Deadweight + Press SQRT(SSE' + LOCA2)

Deadweight + Press i SQRT(SSE2 + MS/FW Pipe Rupture 8)

Deadweight + Press 2 SQRT(SSE8 + Jet Impirigement )

l 2

7.0 Reference schematics in Attachment 5.

I

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specifica50n for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 100 Of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B B4 SUPPORT / EMBEDMENT ELEVATION FOR ORIGINAL STEAM GENERATORS *

• Dimensions shwn below are nominal and do not represent as-built configumtions.

B4.1 BOTIUM OF SUPPORT COLUMN BASEPLATES ELEVATION:

19* 0" plus 3" groot thickness i

Reference Drawing Numbers: IC01-9-S-1532 rev 9 B4 2 BOTTOM OF STEAM GENERATOR SUPPORT 37'11" RINGS:

Reference Drawing Numbers: 14926-0957(1)o0003-CWN B4.3 CENTERLINE OF PIN, SUPPORT COLUMN UDPER END 32'11" ELEVATION:

Reference Drawing Numbers: 14926-0957(2)o0016-AW4 t

B4.4 CENTERLINE OF LOWER LATERAL FRAME ELEVATION:

38'4" Reference Drawing Numbers: 1492tM957(1)c0004-CWN 14926 0957(2)00004-CWN IC01-9-S-153S rev 3 B4.5 UPPER LATERALSUPPORT CENTERLINE OF RING BAND ELEVATION:

66* 6"(cold)

CENTERLINE OF EMBEDMENT ELEVATION:

66*7 5" Reference Drawing Numbers: 14926-0957(1)00004-CWN 14926-0957(2)00004-CWN B4.6 UPPER LATERALSUPPORTCENTERLINETRUNNION 68* 11"(coM)

ELEVATION:

Reference Drawing Numbers: 14924L4957(1)00004-CMW I4926-0957(2)00004-CHN 4

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 101 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B B5 MAXIMUM TENSION. SHEAR. AND MOMENT FORCES ON EMBEDMFNTS informahon Source: WCAP 9135 rev 3, Appendix C DESCRIITION LOAD flim. inch Licil B5.1 VERTICALSUPPORTCOLUMN l Normal l

552 l

B5.2 IDWER LATERALSUPPORT Li Normal n/a Shear 567 Moment 44,508 L2 Normal n/a Shear 649 Moment 50,771 L3 Normal rva L4 Normai n/a Shear 505 Moment 34,098 L5 Normal 217 Shear 224 Moment 19,865 B5.3 UPPER LATERALSUPPORT UI Normal 1,637 Shear 1,136 Moment 61.353 U2 Normal 613 U3 Normal 614 U4 Normal 614 US Normal 327 Shear 1,036 Moment 70,509 U6 Normal n/a U7 Normal n/a I

L NOTE: Reference schematics in Attachment 5.

l l

1 i

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 102 Of 143 l

I i

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORM ATION - PART B lt I

B6 AUXILIARY FEEDWATER NOZZLE DATA L

CURRENT STEAM GENERATOR MODE!; E l

AUXILIARY ITEDWATER NOZZLE IDCATION,cleration orientation h

STEAM GENERATOR

' LEVATION ORIENTATION OF VESSEL A

See Part C B

See Part C l

C See Part C i

D See Part C k

B7 REPLACEMENT STEAM GENERATOR INSTALLATION REOUIREMENTS I

MAXIMUM WEIGHT, tons 500(dry)

I 894 Glooded)

[

i MAXIMUM DIAMETER See fiapre below fi MAXIMUM ilEIGHT ABOVE 814.71*

MAIN SUPPORT PADS LIFTING LUGS AND TRUNNIONS (2) located 653.00* above bottorn of main support pads f

i A

A i

i b

R e

2 Note l

Four feet of naar depdt hsa been mW for wars!br eqwpnieme au -metwo. ~ '

batch nia, be shghdy eut of sound.

s l

I

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replace.nent S:eam Generators l

Page 103 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B R8 EOUIPMENTSUPPORT AND RESTRAINT DRAWINGS A THE FOLLOWING DRAWINGS ARE PROVIDED BY THE PURCHASER TO INDICATE THE CURRENT STATION SUPlVRTS ANDRESTRAINTS CONFIGURATIONS.

STATION DRAWING DRAWLNG DRAWING NO-REVISION DESurtlPITON 3A01-0-S-0001 16 Steel Structural Standards - General Notes - Nt 1 & 2 2C26-9-S-1003 4

Stect - RCB - Base Plate Anchor Bolts and Details - Unit I & 2 IC01-9-S-1532 9

Structural - RCB - SG. RCP Vertice.! & PZR Lateral Support - Unit I & 2 iC01-9-S-1533 3

Structural - RCB - Internal - Lateral Support Fmhedment Plan - Unit I & 2

~

IC019-S-1534 i

Structural-RCB - Intema! - Lateral Support Embedment Plan - Unit I & 2 l

IC01-9-S-1535 3

Structura! - RCB - Internal - Steam Generator Supports. Sect. & Det. - Unit I & 2 1C01-9-S-1536 2

Structural - RCB - Internal - RCP Tie Rod Sup. Sect. & Det. - Unit I & 2 IC01-9-S-1537 3

Structural - RCB - Internal - Steam Gen. Supports Se..t. & Det. - Unit I & 2 l

1C01-9-S-1538 3

Structural - RCB - Internal - Steam Gen. Sopports Se & Det. - Unit 1 & 2 i

IC01-9-S-1549 2

Structural - RCB - Internal - Steam Gen. Supports Sed J. Det. - Unit 1 & 2 W T.,.n. ; g. q: ; q.-~urx 7 :T.. W n. :.n.,

4sg4.. pr - w y,x ;~;y.:._,.rr.sc. :A.., qem m yr 7s

. v ;. _ ; 1er y*,

i.

. - +

v -..: e.

An a

.w a.

. : e..~ =

4COI-t-S-31009 6

Structural - RCB - Modified SG Upper Lateral Supt's - Sect's & Det's - Unit i 4C01-1-S-31010 6

Structural-RCB - Modified SG Upper Lateral Supt's - Sect's & Det's - Unit I

-v.v v : - : vzy; r a... : -z. & '..: a 2 '. ' y g%M, n.s m -rw-m~ y v.'. M /.. n

- n.w y e ne-~ y.ew p~c m w s-

-y m.-.-

. w:

I T

>u~.

.r

-L e. 1

-d O w. x '

h.

.c g

~. ;... A

.L 2-s s.s u =..

3C26-9-S-1517 6

Structural - RCB - Internal SS Liner Plate Framing - Unit I & 2 O ; 03R?.

.l' f } l ; l } : R [ T ? '.9 1 Q \\

• .l f ; } '- f } T I } T.[ [ l3 " K.. T " ~~~.;. '- "'

l[']_l'~"*}

L

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 104 Of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B B9 MAIN STEAM AND FEEDWATER NOZZLE LOADS Informational Source: Westinghouse E2 Steam Generator Stress Report - Unit 1 - 14926-0120(1)4)0019 CWN.

Ur.it 2 - 149264)120(2)4)0144-BWN Westinghouse E-Spec for Model E Steam Generatur - Unit 1 - 149264)120(1)-00138 EWN, Unit 2 - 149260120(2)-00132-EWN B9.1 MAIN STEAM NOZZLE:

LOADING Fx Fy Fa Mr My Mz (kin)

(kipc)

(kips)

On-kips)

(in-kips)

On-kips)

TIIERMAL 120 212 212 6900 18.244 18.244 PRESSUT.E 717 0

0 0

0 0

WEIGIR 25 34 34 500 556 556 SEISMIC OBE 105 192 192 7800 9000 9000 SEISMIC SSE 180 300 300 11,400 15,000 15.000 PIPE Rt PTURE I300 527 527 6850 16,870 16,870 PIPE RUITURE(2) 2064 1460 1460 95.485 56,266 56,266 B9.2 MAIN FEEDWATER NOZZLE:

LOADING Fx Fy Fr Mr My l

Mr (kips)

(kips)

(Lips)

(in-kips)

(in-kips)

On-kips)

TiiERMAL 10 50 25 1500 1909 3500 PRESSURE 175 0

0 0

0 0

WEIG11T 5

14 I4 300 570 570 SEISMIC OBE 40 30 30 1100 1440 1440 SEISMIC SSE 77 70 70 1700 2000 2000 PIPE RUPTURE 35 26 26 1425 3581 358i PIPE RUl*TURE(2) 506 358 358 13,133 7730 7739 Notes: 1. AI' c. ants are +/- unless otherwise indicated.

2. Nozzle safe <nd need not be analyzed for this load ease. Evaluation of adequacy Y

of shelljunction is required.

A

>X Z by Right Hand Rule i

4 m

m

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 105 of 143 l

l SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B l

B9.3 PRIMARY INLET AND OUTLET NOZZLES:

LOADING Fx Fy Fx Mr My Mr (Note 1)

(kips)

(kips)

(kips)

On-kips)

On-kips)

On-Ups)

THERMAL, MAX

-25

+200

+75

+4500

+7200

+30,000 TIIERMALMIN

-250 0

-25

-4000

-4000

-600 PRESSURE, MAX

+1800

+50

+25

+1750

+2825

+1000 PRESSURE, MIN

+1400

-50

-50

-500

-2000

-3000 WEIGHT, MAX

+25

+1

+5

+100

+200

+755 WEIGHT. MIN O

-25

-5

-125

-175

-225 SEISMIC OBE 400 475 150 1'. 500 13,500 13,500 SEISMIC SSE 550 625 200 20,500 15.000 18,600 PIPE RUPTURE (2) 2,750 2,100 1.400 27,500 35.000 41,000 PIPE RUI7URE(2X3) 2,500 2,400 1.600 84.000 77,500 82,500 i

B9.4 AUXILIARYFEEDWATERNOZZLE LOADING Fx Fy Fr Ms My Mr (Note t)

Obs)

Obs)

Obs)

On-Ibs)

On-Ibs)

On-Ibs)

TiiERMAL 10 35 10 225 225 225 DEADWEIGHT 3

3 3

25 30 30 SEISMIC (OBE) 10 5

5 125 175 175 SEISMIC (SSE) 15 10 10 200 250 250 PIPE RUPTURE 20 15 15 375 475 475 PIPE RUPTURE (3) 220 155 155 2,650 1,550 1.550 3

Notes: 1. A!I values are +/- unies otherwise indicated

{

2. Internal pressure loads are included. No not add pressure loads to this load case.

3. Nozzle Safe end need not be analyzed for this load case. Evaluation of adequacy of nozzle Y

shelljunction is required.

%A X

Z by Right hind Rule

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification fOr Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 106 Of 843 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT D ATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B B9.5 MISCELIANEOUS NO771n B9.5.1 2 INCli NOZZLE LOADING Fx Fy Fa Mu My Ma Obs)

Obs)

Obs)

On-lbs)

On-Ibs)

On-Ibs)

MAX DIERMAL 500 90 660 4000 5000 3300 MIN DIERMAL 500 150 850 4000 5000 3400 DEADWEIG11T 125 2130

• 20 21500

• 120 1850 SEISMIC (OBE) 1280 1250 2480 25000 28400

• 4110 SEISMIC (SSE)

• 500 t400 i?00 7000 t10.000 15000 B9.5.2 1 INCII NOZZLE LOADING Fx Fy Fx Mu My M2 Obs)

Obs)

Obs)

On-Ibs)

On-Ibs)

On-Ibs)

MAX Tl!ERMAL 50 115 40

~50 1700 350 MIN THERMAL 60 105 40 1800 1700 500 DEADWEIGIfT 10 t70 25 i360 t60 t360 SE!SMIC(OBE) il00 2150 130 1250

• 1000 2300 SEISMIC (SSE)

• l70 1250 2300 l

22500 13200 i3000 B.5.3 0.75INCIINOZZLE LOADING Fx Fy Fa Mx My Mz Obs)

Obs)

Obs)

On-Ibs)

On-Ibs)

On-Ibs)

MAX THERMAL 240 175 130 iS00 tI000 2250 DEADWEIG11T i5 250 15 2200 150 200 SEISMIC (OBE)

ISO 275

• 100 2700 1800 il500 SEISMIC (SSE)

• 70

• ISO i200 21000

• l500 2000 l

NOTES

1. Internal pressures should be considered in analytical nmdels.

2. Thermal loads cycle on one side of zero.

3. In the case where the nozzle axes are vertical instead of honzontal, the deadweight loads Fx and Fy are to be interchanged.

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 107 of 143 l

4 SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B B10 LOADING ATTHELOWERSUPPORTS ANDUPPER RESTRM Infonnational Source: Westinghouse E-Spec for Model E Steam Generator - Unit I - 14926-0120(1)-00138 EWN.

Un t 2 - 14926-0120(2)-00132-EWN i

B10.1 LOADING ATTHE LOWERSUPPORTS LOADING Fx Fy Fa Mx My Mz (kips)

(kir4 (kips)

On-kips)

On-kips)

On-Lips)

DEAD WEIGHT 50 325 50 500 25 500 TilERMAL 50 400 50 2,000 50 2,000 PRESSURE 15 50 15 500 50 500 SEISMIC OBE 1.000 700 1,000 3,000 2,000 3,000 SEISMIC SSE 1,500 1.300 1,500 4,000 2,500 4,000 PIPE RUPTURE 3,200 2,500

_7,d10 7,000 8,000 7,000 B10.2 LOADING FOR TiiE UPPER RESTRALVr LOADING LOADS, kips OBE 3000 SSE 4000 FAULTED CONDITION 10,000 EMERGENCY None i

NOTES: Faulted conditions include SSE.

leads may be applied to steam generator in any horizontal direction.

I m

i 4')129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 108 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B Bil BENDING MOMENTS K't S1 TAM GENERATOR SIIELL Informational Source: Westinghousa E-Spec for Model E Stearn Generator - 14926-0120(1)-00137 BWN.149264)l20(2)4)0131-BWN i

NODE MOMENT Applied at Centerline Elevation

_j

('.n-kips)

Above Main Support Pads (Inches)

I 270,000 74737" 2

820.000 62937*

4 3

1.300,000 55137" 8

4 I,600,000 51137" 5

2,000,000 415.24*

3 6

1,800,000 263.12*

p4 7

1.200,000 1 I 1.0" 3

600,000 47.0" 1T6 t

Y7 3 8

i Y9

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 109 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B B12 DESIGN TRANSIENTS AND NUMBER OF OCCURRENCES Normal (level A) Transients

1. of Occurrences Plant Heatup 200 Plant Cooldown 200 Plant leading 13.200 Plant Unloading 13.200 Small Step Lead increase 15 - 25 %

200 90-100%

2000 Small Step Imad Decrease 25 - 15 %

200 100 - 90 %

2000 Large Step Load Decrease 200 Feedwater Cychng at No Imad 2000 Steady State Fluctuation:

• 3*F. 2 25 psi 1.50E+05 0.5* F.

6 psi 3.00E+06 Plant leading and Unloading between 1540 Imading 0% and 15% power 580 Unloading loop Out of Service Normal Pump Shutdown 70 Normal Pump Startup 70 Boron Concentration Equalization 26.400 Reacter Coolant Pump Startup/ Shutdown Cold Conditions 500 llot Conditions 1250 RCS Venting AfTected Loops 800 Unaffected Imops 1600

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 110 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - INTERFACE INFORMATION - PART B Upset (Level B) Transients

1. of Occurrences Ims ofImad 80 Loss ofIbwer 40 Partial IAss of How 80 Reactor Trip from Full Power Nominal 230 Inadvertent Heatup 160 Inadvertent Cooldown 10 Inadvertent RCS Depressurization 20 Inadvertent Startup of an Inactive leon 10 Control Rod Drop 80 Operating Basis Earthquake (OBE) 20 (2") cycles / occurrence)

Excessive Feedwater Row 30 Inadvertent Safety injection Actuation 60 Bypass Line Tempering Valve Failure 40 Excessive Bypass Feedwater 40 Emergency (Level C) Transients

1. of Occurrences Small tess of Coolant Accident 5

Small Steam Line Break 5

Complete less of Row 5

Faulted (Level D) Transients

1. of Cm....e; Reactor Coolant Pipe Break (large LOCA)

N/A large Steam Line Break I

Feedwater Line Break i

Safe Shutdown Earthquake (SSE) 1 (10 cycles) tecked Rotor 1

Rod Eiection 1

Simultaneous Feedline/Steamline Break 1

Steam Generator Tube Rapture i

Test Conditions Pnmarv Side flydrostatic Test 10 Secondary Side Hydrostatic Test 10 Primary Side leakage Test 200 Secondary Side leakage Test 80 Tube leak Test Secondary Side Pressure 200 400 400 200 600

' 120 840 80

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page I11 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT A PLANT DATA SHEETS - NOZZLE TABLE - PART C Drawmg IDS Noeste Qry Noe te Bety

$ase End ^ ^

.J Tersnenal rosat Safe Endimage Rela::== to Connecang Cannecem ID Connecace Enevattee ena af Ammah as wwwed E axe Bouan Massal tecatke Terminal Ponw(Nasr n)

Ripene Marnal OD suppare Rmr twee n

-;%wg4 +e

<*wf M 4+.

(Nner 214 5) inNud C :- ;

1. • • • • '9eSW 44FKPMM.A "M W.

OL*w a + frno eng (de ensale beanne R*een Hans tsh Hand la

7. _,

t/t Setier to seller to X =s31959" 7.8* srse lesP 1852 2* mm 31.20* so.01*

38.44" st12 48.34* so 3s*

Inks +t415* ele talet.sely esa Ib InletiOudet Recomenrad Recommend Y = t44.588*

duckmens Onder +36f al&

Oudet -36f elt H =.69 ler to henne Seceu I

5ctier so 5eller to X - Y = 0*

2* som 4* mm 2e US*

32*

884 71*

Nome Same as RH Recommmem!

Reconwnrad H = 814 7t*

+F. Q *

+0 06*. 4*

• 0 75*

10 Mme Feedweeer i

Seites to Sener to R = 109.87F N/A 0 2r mm 84.4s4' 16" TBir a0.5LP TBD* a18 Same as RH Recunment Recrwnmend

+0*. 4 0t*

+0 06*. 4*

17 Ausdaary r ; _

A Sener to Setter to R = too.t2r OS Ma 0.2r em 3.506*

6.75*

529.12"

+17" a16 same as RH Rmwnmend Renwwnend

+0". 4 0 t*

+0 06". 4*

• 0 50*

g en

, Sale 2

Setier to Seller no R = 72.1875" 4.0* mm 0* ma (Note 7)

(Note 7) 38.59"

$c!Ier to Same as RH eb Bloedown Rmwnmeal Recommend 0 5* mat t0 2r R

2 5

7. _,

O Near 6 Nose 6 Mose 6 Mose 6

. None6 Naar 6 hoer 6 None 4 None 4 Naar 6 Same as RH Head Druen 7

Shen Drase i

5eller to Seller to esp or'subrahees

.ly aAT

+1y 233 Rmmunend Rcrownment Ii Shea Sample i

fetter no Setter so R = 92 375" tY mm.

0* mm

&75* a 0.07 2" sun.

TBD-880* a3e Same as RH Recewnmend Rmunmend (Noor 5) to 38*

9e Upper wR I

Seller to Seller to R = 92.377 iy mm 0* aust

& 75" s 0.0 7 2" seen.

646*

ed" a6fr Same as RH tevelTap Rmwwne=1 R-ad (Mose 5) 30 33-9b tener WR t

5ctier so seller to R = 72.1875*

IT man 0* sma.

0.75* a 0.05" 2" uma.

49*

e0* aetr Same as RH tevel Top Recommend Reenmment f%er 5)

• 01t*

12e Upper NR 4

5etter to Seller so R = 92.375" tJ mm 0* umet

&77 a 0.05*

2* sum 646" 12e: 30* ser Same as RH 12f IswelTap Recommend Recomumend (Nose 5) s038*

I2E 0* e6&

123 12 :-45'a46 3

T2h I2h:TBD* ene 12a tener NR 4

5ctler to

$eller to R = 92.375*

iS em 0* mm 6.75* e 0 03" 2* suem.

i 46 7 12a: V ser Same as RH 12b tewelTap Recomment Recommend (Near $)

30.38*

12b: 0* see 12e t2c:-4r set 123 l

12d-67 te&

23 Seesse Dome Tap

• t 5clier es sellerto

$ctierm Reccanimend IS unn 0* sun.

ars R7F a 0.05*

T sun.

Scare to Recommend SeScr se #~======d Same as RH s

Renwnsnend Recometraf (4 nee 5)

NOTES:

1. Drawing ID # refers to the general arrangement drawing of the existing steam generator.

2. Deleted.

l,

3. RSGs are to be supported such that the bottom of SG support pad / ring lies 37" 11" nominally =bove STP zero @) elevation (See B4.2)

4. Unless otherwise stated, dimensions are nominal with maximum tolerance of 20.25".

5. ID refers to thru wall bore diameter. End connection shall be a socket counterbored for 0.50" min. engagement of a 0.75" NPS pipe. Boss-type connections are prohibited.

6. Primary head drains are prohibited.

l

7. Blowdown nozzle shall be nominal 2.5 inches.

• 'these connections are to be capped or plugged and qualified for service with caps or plugs in place.

l 4R129NS1014.Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 112 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT B DESIGN PARAMETER DATA SHEET - Note 1 l

PARAMEIER PROPOSED DESIGN CLOSEST EMPIRICAL EXPERIENCE VALUE/DESCRIITION site parameter value/ description.

(Note 2) l P ant name where implemented and historical l

experience with service related to design parameter TUBING y Er _

' ' ' ?.f MiA 04p in "

>y j (

iggR L: a % [Q a ^ i VQ;-

O.D.

0.688" Westinghouse Model F& Delta 75 SG Wall Thickness 0.G10" Westinghouse Model F & Delta 75 SG Material SB 163 Alloy 690 21 SGs in operation S/N Criterion 15-1 21 SGs in operation Final O.D. Defect Depth Criterion 0.002 Reference 21 SGs in operation Primary Tubing Supplier Sandvik 21 SGs in operation Tube Pitch 0.980" Westinghouse Model F & Delta 75 SG Joint Configuration Westinghouse Delta 75 and 37 other RSGs Seal Weld Method / Configuration Flush - Autogenious Weld Expansion Method Full Depth Hydraulic

[

Expansion pressure 36,000 psi Max residual stress in joint transition zone (s)

<20 ksi tube O.D.

Multiple stage expansion required? and scope Urethane Tack & Full Depth Max crevice depth from top of tubesheet 0.25" TUBE BUNDLE x

• c W-

- * * ~ ^

-^

7

- c.r ~E a"z'

,q,-

La 3c

.. c v gr.t -

t

_f.c3 p

1

'. z y,:. >

i-S

.g Overall height above tubesheet 440" Westinghouse Delta 75 SG j

Number of tubes 7585 Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Heat Transfer surface area (O.D. of tubes) 94550It Westinghouse Delta 75 SG 2

Method of Tube Support Alignment Laser Alignment Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Longest span between straight tube supports 40" Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Longest span between supports in U-Bend area Approximately 30" Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Shortest radius U-bend 3.25" Westinghouse Delta 75 SG TUBE SUPPORTS

-x -

m

,.l ~

n4Q.y ( ?

. Ch, - ' -

?

~

~

4 s

,.[

Type of Straight Tube Supports Broached stainless steel tube support plates Westinghouse Delta 75 and 37 other RSGs Type of U-Bend Supports 405 stainless steel bars Westinghouse Delta 75 and 37 other RSGs Method of U-Bend Support Installation Installed after tube assembly Westinghouse Delta 75 and 37 other RSGs Support Material with quoted corrosion resistance 405 stainless steel Westinghouse Delta 75 and 37 other RSGs experience Profile of Tube / Support Non-Contact Area with TBD appropriate projected flow velocities 5

l 4R129NS1014, Rev.0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 113 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT B DESIGN PARAMETER DATA SHEET - Note 1 Maximum axial contact length with any tube 1.08" Westinghouse Delta 75 and 37 other RSGs TUBESHEET

5.

_ Gi v.4 7

~

~'

,~

3gf

~

r.

3 7hickness without clad 25.12" minimum Minimum ligament thickness after drilling 0.241" Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Hole and location nominal dimensions and tolerances 0.698 +.003/.002 Westinghouse Delta 75 SG (including perpendicularity)

Tubesheet flatness and face parallel tolerances 0.010/0.005 and 0.015 Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Material SA508 Class 3a Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Sludge Lance Capabilities six 6" handholes at tubes'heet Westinghouse Delta 75 SG FEEDWATER DISTRIBUTION

'E

~

+ '

L 1 -

+P a.,m e-

. p c:

n.

c e

s Preheater m;,

3

Not Applicable General Description / Configuration / Location Type of flow - axial vs cross Inspection / Repair capabilities Feedring General Description / Configuration / Location Elevated FW Ring with Spray Tubes Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Header Construction / Materials SA 335 Gr P!

Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Nozzle Construction / Materials SA 508 C13a Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Inspection / Repair Capabilities Accessible for Repair Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Auxiliary Feedwater General description / Configuration / Location 6" Nozzle / Upper Shell Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Header Construction / Materials Alloy 690 Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Nozzle Construction / Materials SA 508 C13a Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Inspection / Repair Capabilities Accessible for Repair Westinghouse Delta 75 SG MOISTURE SEPARATION EQUIPMENT

,f, vrf-V 4

2

, +

General Description / Configuration TBD Materials TBD MCO from Primary Separators exit TBD MCO from Secondary Separators exit (if applicable)

TBD Moisture Carryunder TBD BLOWDOWN / RECIRCULATION

' AC CS, i

K' y

4 General Description / Configuration 2.5" Internal Pipe Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Materials Alloy 690 Westinghouse Delta 75 SG j

i h

l 4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 l Specification for Replacement Steam Generators l

Page 114 of 143 l

SUPPLEMENT B DESIGN PARAMETER DATA SHEET - Note 1 l

Capacity 1% Continuous /6% Intermittent Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Plant modifications required to accommodate Relocation of Blowdown Pipe Westinghouse Delta 75 SG l

Projected frequency of required sludge lance TBD i

GENERAL ASSEMBLY

~

- m -

s; '

' My w> _t w

r.

)Q

+

,l t,.?

J:

4' 3,y Q g [r}: ;"Q } Q g;&

~,, 4~-

L RSG dry weight /C.G.

480 tons /365' Westinghouse Delta 75 SG

(

Max diametric projection / location 115" Radial-FW Nozzle Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Shell Material SA 533 Type B C12 Shearon Harric Delta 75 SG Description of external / internal accesses including rizes, TBD Westinghouse Udta 75 SG locations and weights of covers THERMAL / HYDRAULIC PARAMETERS

~

'w.

i a f^3% 2 ' -

i W:

m u; _}'q gh 2 yW y; W Qgg+-

7g-Secondary Side Volumetric & Mass Inventory at 100%

6929 ft'/167,730 lb Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Power Primary Side Volumetric & Mass Inventory at 100%

1518 ft'/66,696 lb Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Power Overall primary Side dP 31.6 psi Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Overall Secondary Side dP 20.7 psi Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Circulation Ratio 3.89 Westinghouse Delta 75 SG Projected T at 100% power in new and clean condition 617.3*F (Best estimate for 1040 steam pressure)

Westinghouse Delta 75 SG m

Projected plugging margin in % at new and clean 10%

Westinghouse Delta 75 SG conditions Projected Primary Flow per RSG at new and clean 105,900 Westinghouse Delta 75 SG conditions Projected Plugging margin and T 10% - 619.l*F Westinghouse Delta 75 SG after 40 years service Maximum crossflow velocities at critical tube locations TBD Water level range by elevation at 100% power operation TBD U (overall heat transfer coefficient)

TBD Note 1 - All information provided in Supplement B is for information only. For design purposes. Seller should verify and utilize the information from existing controlled STP documents such as the original steam generator design specification, stress reports, piping analysis, UFSAR, SER, etc.

Note 2 - Proposed Design Value/ Description represents preliminary design information and may be superseded by Purchaser approved design documents or by mutual i

agreement between Seller and Purchaser. This data shall be updated following completion of the Unit I replacement steam generators.

4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 115 of 143 Seller's Desk Top Instruction for Creating CAD Drawing Files Page 1 of 6 i

Preface:

The purpose of this instruction document is to describe to the contractor standard requirements for creating and submitting CAD drawings to Houston Lighting and Power Company, South Texas Project Electric Generating Station (STP).

CAD drawings shall be provided and maintained to the standard sheet sizes provided in the seed files,i.e., A through E sizes. He Seller shall scale drawings into standard Seed file borders as supplied by STP's Design Engineering Departments CADD/ Design Group. Drawings produced to scale shall be in provided in 1/8th inch increments When pertinent information is located or transferred to another drawing, the drawing coordinate system shall be used.

He final approved drawing products shall be provided in vector format, which are 100% compatible with Intergraph's MicroStation i

product software, version 5.0 or subsequent versions utilized by STP.

Base Setupfor CAD Drawing Files:

e Global origin for all drawings shall be 1000,1000 e

Intergraph MicroStation 32 working units shall be set as follows:

e Unit Names -

Master Units:

1 Foot (')

Sub Units:

1 Inch ( " )

e Resolution -

12" Per Foot ("Per')

8000 Positional Units Per inch (POS Units Per ")

Design Drawing Format:

Lettering General lettering shall be 1/8" high x 1/8" wide (TH =.125, TW =.125), font 0 and uppercase, unless otherwie instructed by STP's CADD / Design Group.

Fractions snall be stacked.

Section and detail callouts, etc., shall be 3/16" high (1/8" in the bubble), font 0 and uppercase. Use numerical callouts for drawing details, and alpha character callouts for section details.

e Line Weights Line Tvoe Line Code Line Weicht Main Process 0

4 Secondary 0

2 Dimension 0

1 Center 7

1 Dotted 2 or 3 1

Phantom 6

1 Match 6

4 NOTE: Weight 0 shall not be used for any entity on STP CAD Drawings.

e Levels Text shall be on Level 2, except for revision numbers, and revisior 'riangles.

Revision triangles, numbers and clouds and any hold informatior

' be on Level 62 All other line work shall be on Level 1, unless otherwise require

4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators Page 116 of 143 Seller's Desk Top Instruction for Creating CAD Drawing Files Page 2 of 6 e

Colors Currently, STP is not mandating specific color, with the exception of red for revision and hold information.

e Miscellaneous Arrowheads, and section view markers etc., shall be solid shapes, with fill if required.

e Key, Non-Key Symbols, Priority No., Document No., and CADD Logo The CADD Logo which is generally attached to an applicable drawing Reference file. Key or Non. Key symbols, and the drawing Priority number shall be placed on the lower right corner of the drawing outside the border immediately to the left of the CADD Logo. The Document number is placed to the right of the CADD Logo (See Attachment A).

CADD Logo - To be placed on all STP CADD Drawings.

Key Symbol - To be placed on all STP Design Drawings such as P&ID's, Single Line Diagrams, Logic Diagrams, Elementary Diagrams and Lighting Drawings. Vendor equipment drawings are exempt from this requirement.

Non-Key Symbols Non-Key symbols shall be placed on all other STP Design Drawings. Vendor equipment Drawings are exempt from this requirement.

Key Drawings are Priority 1, Non. Key Drawings are Priority 3, and Vendor Drawings are Priorit, 2.

Document Control File Numbers Document Control file numbers shall be placed on each new CADD drawing on the lower right hand corner of the drawing immediately to the right of the CADD Logo. The document number for Design drav.ings is D070928. The document number for Vendor equipment drawings is D97090792.

File Number Conventionfor Both Design and Vendor equipment Drawings:

Each drawing submittal to HL&P shall have the drawing revision and version included in the file number as follows.

Example: m8915.021, where:

m 0015 92 1

Discipline Sequence No.

Revision No.

Version No.

Note: Zero will not be used for CADD file versions. Valid versions are 1-9.

In the example the first five digits indicate the CAD file number provided by HL&P. The next three digits preceded by period indicate the file extension number. De first alpha character m represents the Mechanical Discipline, (Vendor Equipment Drawings are identified with two lower case alpha characters yt). He first two digits of the file extension number indicate the drawing revision and the third digit indicates the version update of the file. For example the file number above, the file extension indicates the drawing is at revision 02, and it is at version 1. If the drawing is resubmitted as revision 02, and changes have been made to change the drawing while it is still at revision 02, the file number extension is to be revised as follows.922. If the drawing is resubmitted as revision 3, then the file number extension will be revised to.931which indicates the drawing is being

4R129NS1014 Rev.O Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators Page 117 of 143 Seller's Desk Top Instruction for Creating CAD Drawing Files Page 3 of 6 l

issued as revision 3, version 1. A new drawing will start out as m0015.981 revision 0, version 1. See Attachment A for proper placement of the file number.

Quality Requirernent:

Symbology, line weights and styles, text fonts and sizes shall conform to STP standards. Any request deviations from these standard are to be discussed with DED CADD/ Design Group for acceptance.

If the drawings do not meet standards, the drawings will be sent back for rework to be performed by the Seller at no additional cost to STP.

Deliverables to Seller:

The STP DED CADD System Administrator will provide a set 8mm tapes containing cells, Reference and Seed files for "A" through

• E" size drawings and standards as required. Reference and Seed files will contain the drawing border, microfilm target arrows and the CADD logo.

Standard Reference and Seed file names with sheet sizes are as follows:

Vendor Equipment Drawing Seed Files:

vtasize.dgn ----

"A"

=

8%" X 11" vtbsize.dgn -----

"B"

=

11" X 17" vtcsize.dgn ----

"C"

=

17" X 22" vtdsize.dgn ----

"D*

22" X 34"

=

vtesize.dgn -----

"E" 34" X 44"

=

Design Drawing Reference Files:

adwg.dgn ------

"A" = 8%" X 11" bdwg.dgn -------

"B"

= 11" X 17" cdwg.dgn -------

"C"

= 17" X 22" ddwg.dgn -------

"D"

= 22" X 34" edwg.dgn ------

"E" = 34" X 44" Deliverablesfrom Seller:

Prior to the submittal of approved drawings for issue, the Seller needs to contact the CADD System Administrator for file number assignment. Contact can be made by FAX through the STP LAN system (512) 972 8775 to Steve Antonio or use CC Mail if Seller has a connection with STP. Information on the FAX needs to include Drawing Nos, Revisions, Titles, and STP's Purchase Order No.

After the Se!!er has received final approval drawing (s) from engineering, the Seller shall furnish two sets of CAD design files for c:eh batch of finished drawings to STP DED CADD/ Design Group.

De two sets of design files may be compressed and shall be submitted to the STP DED CADD/ Design Group on two (2) separate 8mm Sony QG112MA4 or equivalent data grade tapes (UNIX format 2.3 gigabyte). Each set of tapes shall be affixed with a permanent label clearly depicting the following:

STP purchase order number Company or Corporation name ne date tape was submitted A sequential tape number being released per submittal The UNIX sepio command used to perform the back up Each cassette is accompanied with a directory printout of all file numbers on the tape. Seller shall provide (1) hardcopy black and white plot for each new CAD drawing completed to the STP DED CADD/ Design Group.

4R129NS1014. Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 118 of 143 Seller's Desk Top Instruction for Creating CAD Drawing Files Page 4 of 6 Attachment - A HL&P Title Block and Bord.er Arrangements for Vendor & Design Drawings i

4R129NS1014, Rev. 0 Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 119 of 143 Seller's Desk Top Instniction for Creating CAD Drawing Files Page 5 of 6 l

4 7

r HL&P TITLE BLOCK AND BORDER FOR VENDOR DRAWINGS VENDOR TITLEBLOCK:

TYPICAL Zo HL&P T I TLEBLOCK:

o 1

CELLNAME - TBDF

-N E ti. -

w (n 00<

[*'.l.t._.._'.*,'*_.._.1_oa's_1 E L1J

_ l50-0188 L,,_,

O CD(A v l

PANEt.-CONTROL (STARTING AIR)

(h. COOPER-BESSEMERp "r _c: M.. y;.,-,,.,....,..

NO. ISfi[

REvlS10N BY CK DV RE SE PE U-D HOUSTON UGHTING & POWER COMPANY 0-9"\\

- ->==

===~-an-p " " ^ H-i J. t _t.t.1..i.1..i. L.

PKG. NO.

mO

.nernovco L.O.K..

j Fc:1 Es;g; Z36-1-15 PRIORITY DC.NO.

D070925 j

2 e

I

~~

4R129NS1014 Rev.O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Pige 120 of 143 Attachment i Seller's Desk Top Instruction for Creating CAD Drawing Files Page 6 of 6 l~

1 I

HL&P IIRE BLOCK AND BORDER FOR DESIGNDRAWINGS n

Z w0 JO D' luc 5 W

Ld OO Ld Q' W lo O w <C CD (/) v 1+2 146 450

+54 143 14-7 451

+55 144 148 452 45E 145 149 453 45; hbhE NO.

REVISION BY CKR RE DV NA SE PE Q HOUSTON IJOHTING & POWER COMPANi' s

Q sourn Texas PaosecT etecTaic ceseRATINO STAT 1oN g

N PRIORITY g

OC NO SCAL E l DwG. NO.

REV oo m 28 si l 19e 150

....y....

N._ _ _,.

4R129NS1014, Iby. O Specification for Replacernent Steam Generators Page 121 of 143 Attachtnent 2 Licensing Support Pragram Plan Page 1 of 2 LICENSING SUPPORT PROGRAM PLAN Westinghouse will perform the fol lowing safety analysis and licensing work, and supporting engineering efforts to support the implementation of the replacement steam generators.

• SAFETY ANALYSIS Perform engineering analysis and evaluations to determine any potential effects of the replacement steam generators on the South Texas plant technical specification and licensing basis accident analyses including: Loss of Coolant Accident (LOCA) analyses, LOCA hydraulic forces, non-LOCA transient analyses, containment mass and energy releases, steam generator tube rupture (SGTR) analysis and associated radiological consequences.

e LICENSING Perform an integrated safety evaluation based on the safety.malyses and engineering work described above to demonstrate that the replacement steam generators will not adversely affect the safe operation of the South Texas plant. To support STP efforts to obtain approval from the NRC for implementation of the replacement steam generators, this evaluation will demonstrate safe plant operation in accordance with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) screening criteria documented in the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations Title 10, Parts 50.59 (10CFR50.59) and 50.92 (10CFR50.92). Both sets of criteric will be explicitly t.ddressed and documented in separate sections of an integrated safety evaluation report. This report will be accompanied by Westinghouse Safety Evaluation Checklists (SECLs) associated with each set of criteria.

ENGINEERING SUPPORT Perform engineering analyses and evaluations to determine that the structural integrity and performance of the following systems and components, and the continued applicability of plant performance and safeguards data, are not adversely affected by the replacement steam generators: Reactor Coolant System (RCS) primary !aop system and equipment supports, reactor pressure vessel and internals system and components, plant primary and secondary system performance data, and secondary side transient performance data for use in steam generator design analysis.

RSG SAFETY AND ENGINEERING SCOPE OF SUPPLY LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT ANALYSIS (LOCA) e His effort will be initiated by assembling all pertinent replacement steam generator data and associated plant operating conditions data. These data will establish the basis for the various LOCA analyses described below.

Large Break LOCA Westinghouse will review the large break LOCA (LDLOCA) analysis which forms the licensing basis for the South Texas plant and will conservatively estimate the effects of the Model replacement steam generators. In particular, previous sensitivity studies will be reviewed to determine the effect of the increased replacement steam generator heat transfer :uea on the Post-LBLOCA behavior of the Reactor Coolant System.

Small Break LOCA Westinghouse will review the small break LOCA (SBLOCA) analysis which forms the licensing basis for the South Texas plant and will conservatively estimate the effects of the Replacement Steam Generators. NOTRUMP will be used to perform sensitivity cases, and the results of these cases will provide a technical basis describing the effects of the replacement steam generators on the SBLOCA analysis.

Post-LOCA Long-Term Core Cooling Suberiticality Requirements Westinghouse will perform an evaluation to establish the effects of the replacement steam generators on the licensing basis pos Long Term Cooling Suberiticality calculations. This evaluation will include calculating the effect of the change in primary system volume on the Post-LOCA Long-Term Cooling Suberiticality calculations. His evaluation will include calculating the effect of the change in primary system volume on post-LOCA boron concentration. and will consider other effects as appropriate.

4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 122 of 143 Licensing Support Program Plan Page 2 of 2 LOCA HYDRAULIC FORCING I~JNCTIONS e

Westinghouse will evaluate thw.can generator LOCA hydraulic forcing functions, and perform evaluations of the reactor vessel and primary loop forcing functions to dr,onstrate continued and conservatively applicability of these data. The results of this evaluation will be used to demonstrate that the RSGs do not adversely affect LOCA (and seismic) loads on these systems and components (i.e.,

the reactor vessel), the reactor coolant loop piping, the reactor coolant pumps and the pressurizer surge line piping).

STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUI'TURE AND RADIOLOGICAL CONSEQUENCES Westinghouse will reanalysis the SGTR event using the Final Safety Analysis Report (FS AR) methodology to determine the potential effects of the replacement steam generators on break flow and steam releases, and the associated radiological consequences.

LOCA AND MAIN STEAMLINE BREAK MASS / ENERGY RELEASE RATES Long Term Containment Integrity Analysis Westinghouse will calculate the mass and energy release rates calculation input data associated with the following scenarios:

- Short-term and long term LOCA mass and energy releases to containment.

- Sort-term and long term main steamline break mass and energy releases to containment.

- Outside containment (steam tunnel) main steamline break mass and energy release rates.

- Steam Generator blowdown line break mass and energy release rates.

The mass and energy release rates will be provided to HL&P for their evaluation of the containment and outside containment pressure and temperature response.

Westinghouse will evaluate the NON-LOCA transient analyses potentially affected by the replacement steam generators. These include events sensitive to secondary side parameters such as the steam generator volumes and masses, water level trip setpoints, heat transfer characteristics, and operating conditions (i.e., steam pressure and temperature).

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS Design Transients Westinghouse will confirm that the design basis transients are not affected by the replacement steam generators based on final system performance conditions.

Reactor Pressure Vessel and Internals System and Components Westinghouse will review the current stress and fatigue analyses for various reactor and internals components to confirm that the assumptions and inputs to those analyses are consistent with the performance of the plant based on implementation of the replacement steam generators. This is necessary to ensure that the replacement steam generators do not adversely affect the basis and/or conclusions of the current analyses.

Primary Loop Piping and Support System Westinghouse will review the primary loop system structural analysis due to changes in the mechanical characteristics of the system incurred by the changes to the steam generator weight and center of gravity.

~

4R129NS1014. Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 123 of 143 Computer Codes Page 1 of 2 Computer Codes Pre-approved by HL&P for use by the Seller's Pensacola Division:

1.

ATHOS A computer code for three dimensional, steady-state and transient two-phase analysis in a PWR steam generator.

2.

ADINA and ADINA-F ADINA is a structural finite element program which is capable of analyzing large displacement problems. ADINA-F is a finite element program used for the solution ofincompressible fluid flows.

3.

CFD-7WOPHASE CFD-TWOPHASE is an integrated Computational Firid Dynamics program that provides a unique capability for the simulation of two-phase flows in complex geometrie:..

4.

GENF The GENF computer program evaluates the thermal / hydraulic performance of non-preheat type steam generators. Given the geometric parameters, primary side opertting conditions and feedwater temperature, it computes the steam pressure, circulation ratio, primary and secondary side pressure drops and secondary coolant mass inventory.

5.

110VIB FLOVIB is a program with the capability to perform flow-induced vibration calculations for three dimensional structures.

The program is actually a compilation of four individual computer programs: SHAKE, SHAPE, TURVIB and SUPER.

SHAKE calculates natural frequencies and mode shapes of the structure. SHAPE is a post-processing routine for SHAKE and produces the mode shape plots. TURVIB performs flow-induced vibration calculations for tube arrays. SUPER computes modal displacements, forces, moments and stresses on structure due to vibration.

6-ERhiFRi FRMECH was created to perform nonducti!: failure evaluations per Section III of the ASME Code. The program calculates the critical crack size (a.) or the stress intensity factor (Kg) by using the following fracture mechanics analysis technique 1.

Appendix G of the ASME Code 2.

Buchalet 3.

WRCB-175 4.

McGowan 7.

TRANFLOW TRANFLOW solves the mass, energy and momentum conservation equations for transient thermal / hydraulic phenomena using a fully implicit backwa-d differencing technique.

l

4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 124 of 143 Computer Codes Page 2 of 2 8.

WECAN/Plus WECAN/Plus is a combination of the general purpose finite element code WECAN and the pre-and postprocessing program FIGURESII.

The WECAN computer program can be used to solve a lange variety of structural analysis problems. It has the capability to perform static clastic and inelastic analysis, steady state and transient heat conduction analysis, steady state hydraulic analysis, standard and reduced modal analysis, harmonic response analysis and transient dynamic analysis.

The FIGURESII pre-and postprocessing program aids users in the rapid generation of finite element models and in the visual interpretation of the finite element analysis results.

9.

WECEVAL WECEVAL is a computer code that was written to perform ASME Subsection NB stress calculations. The code was written to use the stress files generated by many of the WECAN elements. The evaluations performed are: Primary Stress, Primary plus Secondary Stress Range and Fatigue. WECEVAL generates the stress state at each point by the ratio-superposition technique.

I t

4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 125 of 143 Base Metal and Weldment Archive Samples Page 1 of 5 NOTE: Material identified elsewhere in this specification for spares and mockup is NOT archive material, and shall be provided in addition to the material identified below.

/Jchive Sample Locations l

Steam Outlet Nozzle

+

Elliptical Head a

b ll%

b gl y

Upper shell Barrwel "J"

-4 /'

l k

Upper Shell Barret "H" U

l M"__

Feedwater Nozzle l

Transition cone

+

+a f

-I-l Lower Shell Barrel *B"'

l 4

l Lower Shell Barrel "A"

-b r

4-l*

Tubeplate M

n i

n i

Channel Head

\\

j[

f i

b Base metal Archives N

4 l

Safe End Weldment Archives

Base Metal and Weldment Archive Samples Page 2 of 5 Base Metal Archive Samples T-->

4 l

1P L7 s

3"x17 lag -(

j, 8"x1TLmg n

a Forged Shell Barre!

T -- >

f l n ThPbte E ^ T x 12" Min Arc Lg. 31/2 Lg. 3" tag --* Feeddertkczb 31/2Mn ir me s's Tx'8Mn Lg. Arc Lg. T --, 4-- T ---> 4- / 3 31/Tx 24"Lg. x 3r y ^5 a k { xy 3, x,m EEpdcalHead chanrdHxd 4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 127 of 143 Base Metal and Weldment Archive Samples Page 3 of 5 Weldment Archive Samples 2-e = [ ChannelHead [ Safe End /' [ Tubentate 3-1/2 18' 3-1/2" 1 1/2* T ^ 6* 12* 12" [ Lower Barret [ [ Upper Shell Barre \\ / Tubeplate Feedwater Nozz / 1-1/2_" 8 T T g. 24* Upper Shell Barret [ Elliptical Head f N-1/2" 3 a 4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specific tion for Replacement Steam Generators Page 128 of 143 Base Metal and Weldment Archive Samples Page 4 of 5 1 Archive Samples V I I A T 1 8.0" Min e Plate Test Material 4 l 9 l l I I A Weldment archive 12 Min I I Sample p l (IfRequired) l 3 I 24" Min I I 1r I FLAT SHELL PLATE I A I I 4 24" Min I l 3r I ^ l I Base Metal 12" Min m l Archive Sample I 1r I I I I 4 i i Circumferential Length i 8.0" Min e of Shell BarrelPlate Varier (Size By Supplier) Plate Test Material I 4R129NS1014. Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 129 of 143 Base Metal and Weldment Archive Samples Page 5 of 5 Archive Samples 134" Approx. A v W 2 Archive Samples R Approximately 45 Sq. Ft. From Two Tube

5; Support Plates

/ V i. Tube Support Plate Archives j Additional Archives i AVB 1 Complete Anti-Vibration Bar Tubing 1 U-Bend From Each 13end Radius With 2' Minimum Straight Leg i Beyond Tangent Point. 2 Straight Lengths Per Lot Prior To 4 Thennal Treatment,6' Minimum Each, q Each From A Different Tube. l 2 Straight Lengths Per Lot After Thermal Treatment,6' Minimum Each. Each From A Different Tube. 400 Feet of Straight Tubes in Random Lengths in the Final Heat Treat Condition. 4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 130 of 143 Schematics for Item B3 and B5 of Supplement A. Part B Page 1 of 4 m TENICH SUPKRP A-FPRE. cncamL anc cImEn = pt . - l. ,p w s =, s 8 SNUBBERS l

• p

~ 1-WELDtCTr DESIGJID WM N i*' BY A/E ('r/P.) COT /JtDS'r B%M ',,,,a / a _S,___ BFAM / s q ) HCTP L E + N PIPDG Y EYS b BRM N WIDE FUJEE COIIP$3 DIRETIQ4 OF j 'DIERVAL EXPIJJSIQ4 ) 1 4R129NS1014. Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 131 of 143 Schematics for Item B3 and B5 of Supplement A. Part B Page 2 of 4 o oI o TN /o lo T ' FORGING 7 (YPE B COLUMNSTEAM GENERA Iig.7,] ,,A l l \\ l ls i i Nt f R ING UPPER BRACKET ASSEMBLY UPPER CLEVIS PIN

g N,'

N IDE FLANGE SHAPE V S o J 'M s N' LOWR CLEVIS PIN- / o STEAM GENERATOR AND REACTOR COOLANT FUMP COLUMNS ( l t 4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specificetion for Replacement Steam Generators Page 132 of 143 Schematics for Item B3 and B5 of Supplement A. Part B Page 3 of 4 ( $ TEAM GEN ( STE AN GEN ~ ~ (avorxtes crrm N zt---2i / [g, ts-iN/ \\m p ~ r J r=-3 te.3 y 'y ~, ' ' t <. AC PUuP / g e pyup (,,toop v j jq s ~ 0 4 / AL '5 5 c_ _f w s u.i -Ls-t b ll / \\ l I. I I Note: Loeps 2 and 3 (not shown) symetric to loops 1 and 4. STEAM GENERATOR LO'n'ER SUPPORT 4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 133 of 143 Schematics for Item B3 and B5 of Supplement A. Part B Page 4 of 4 ( STE AM C,tN ER ATo R 1 s 668 9 / \\ / ,.4 ~.::. /a ll 11 Loopi t,oop 4 7_ j ~ / \\ \\ AFA-l 04 5 \\ kFA-1 .A' ., \\ 1 x 'p. x 3 \\

j '

CL ' g' '\\ ./ \\ \\ _,,,/ v - . s-e e- \\ 58 ~ ' - fs1'a / / 33T' 7 -,, n mT ~ N- / I l l Note: Loop: 2 and 3 '(not shown) symmetric to loops 1 and 4. STEA4 GENERATOR UPPER SUPPORT 4R129NS1014 Rev.O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 134 of 143 Safety Classification of Internal Components Page 1 of 8 EA 95 044 Engiocering Analysis r,.m i wm : 4744 573 om : May 8.1995 s w,.ct Steam Generator Safety Clusifications v.

J. M. Martinez cc:

Safety Clus Team: M. C. Misve! W. B. Middlebrooks T. C. Watson G. Bieberbach R. L. Sylvester E. M. Fitzpatrict B. B. Itood T. C. Allen NEE Engineers

References:

1:

ESBU Policy / Procedure 4.2 Rev. O dated 4/01/95, Equipment Safety Classification."

2.

Regulatory Guide 1.29 Revision 3 dated September 1978, i

• Seismic Design Classification.*

'Ihe Safety Clus Team hu completed its usessment of steam gancrator intemals safety clusincations. The results are summarized in the attached Tables.

These safety c!usifications are consistent with the latest ESBU Procedures (Reference 1).

Also included in the Tables are the Seismic Category (per Reference 2), minimum material requirements with respect to applicable Codes and Standards, and a brief explanation for the selection basis.

This infom:stion will be used as a buis for defining ongoing and future steam generator safety clusificatiorts, selsmic category, and material requirements in design specifications and RECAR's (Revised Clusification Assignment Records). The design specification citisifications and categories shall be used as a buis for selecting approprice QA requirements and 10CFR21 applicability in accordance with Ref.1.

h i

. C. Mist.

Approved:

W. B. M' dlebrooks, Manager Engineerin Analysis Engineering Analysis Approve 4:

G ach, Manager Design Engineering Attr.chments

l 4R129NS1014 Rev.O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 135 of 143 i

Safety Classification of Interns 1 Components Page 2 of 8 TUBE BUNOLE SUPPO9T SAFETY CLASSIFICATION Safety Class Setamse Meterial sasis Item per ESOU Category (1)

Requirernents for No.

Peder 4 2 Mew 0 gafey cies:

1 e suppon Pastes SC3 4

AEME 5ec. It (JJ- ~ ' -

2 apper Barrens CL4 I

ASMESec.u (4) 3 re;per Cone CL4 l

AsME sec. n (4) 4 Jacking Biocha Ctd i

AsME8ec11 (4) 5 Wrapper Posson Stocks CL4 i

A8ME See. II (4) 8 Mastrearg Keys CL4 i

A3MEsecn (4) 7 pper An4Rotat;on Keys NHS NO ASTM (5) pper Ar4-Rot 45on Key Blocks NNS NO ASTM (5)

S Central Stayrod Anchot SCS I

AsMe sac 3 (3) 10 8*Jytods SC3 i

AGUE see. u (3) 11 Serrel to 3 arrei Wend Nnd NNS NO ASTM (5) 12 Cone to BarrelWeld hg NN8 NO A5TM 15) 13 Wrapper End Lordrg ?ng CL4 i

A5ME 8cf.,11 (4) 14 Jackrg stues CL4 1

ASME sec. n (4) 16 Backup Rnga NN8 NO ASTM (5)

Spacer Ppes SC3 i

ASME 8ec !!

(3) islSuyred Weshers 17 NNB No A8TM (s) 18.$teyrod Nuts CL4 l

A$ME Sec. lf (4) 20,hvedgee 19 CL4 i

ASME Soc. II (4)

,styme CL4 l

AsME Sec ti (4) eckup Bers CL4 21 @MG ReWGon Weages I

ASMESec11 (4) 22, NNS NO ASTM

($)

23'. Ant >Verstio6 5 sts 3C3 1

(2)

(3) 24 V5 End Cape CL4 NO ASTu (4) 25 VB Retalnnng R' ge C1,4 NO ASTW (4) r 26 MeieLwg sars CL4 NO ASTM (4) 27 low Omstrbute Ba#'s 8C3 1

ASWE 5ec ff f31 i

SAFETY.WK4 05t5/95

4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Gentrators Page 136 of 143 Safety Classification of Internal Components Page 3 of 8 i

UPPER INTERNALS SAFETY CLASSIFICATION Safety Claes Seismic Meteftal

~ Bas 4 No.

Item per OPR 2.2 Category (1)

Requirements for Pora:v 4 2 R y.0 eegegg t

1 UpperTUpFariRing CLe i

AgEE$3iin (43 2 Secondary Seperator Assembly CL4 (til i

ASMEsecW (4) 3 Primary Seperstor Assembly Cte (10) 1 ASME5ecit (4) 4 $1udge CosecW Assembly HNs NO ASTW (5) 5 Femter Ring ALssmtly 8CJ (E) i A8ME8ecu (e) e f eeduster Fung Support System SC3 (F) 1 ASME 5+c 11 (9) 7 AuxilaryFeed eterPipe CL4 i

AsME sec t (4) 9 Leader Assembries NNS NO ASTM (5)

_tLower oco Pw, Assem N Ctd a

AsuESecF (4)

MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS SAFETY CLASSIFICATION Safety C!ssa Seise Material a ais N O.

Item per OPR 2.2 Category (1)

Requiremerits Pc4cv d 2 Rtv 0 Sakty_ Cts e s t BowdownPee AssemDry NN3 NO A5TE (5) 2 Tube'sw Ulock196 Ptetet NNS NO ASTM

($)

SA/ETY,WK4 C$/CM5 1

J d

4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 137 of 143 Safety Classification of Internal Components Page 4 of 8 i

i 3

footae:

General e) The Nel Canettuc9en Code la rios reqwed to be ASWE 111. Appropnete cntera and design requtrements shape established stid utmrod ty be assigrt ergenheison. The oiteria rney be based on the aeria estandsoed

}

h appscoth codes or standeres for sitniter equipment b) For equigxrnent items ides %$ as Class 4. selected requvemonts 6om 10CFR50,4pendt a shes be applied to ensure thatitem4 or services 4

fummhed and instated mest speeded requVements. Reguladon toCFR21 does fyet appy la Cless 4 items.

?*

1) se'4rnic Cetegory I rtama ese req' ired to meet"pertnent que'i>/ assuranca requittments of Appendix 8 to 10 CFR Part 50'(

Reference:

Regulatory Cude 1.29).

2) Matettat sne'J meet ASME Sec. Il requirernents except for Anat fabricat;on operaters which shal comply w'tn ASTM $tendards ee a rnithmunt

3) Provides suppcrt to Safety Ctees i component (tutes) or18 neces sary to suppcet the the oeadne gnt of safety cf ats equipmerit Ite'n is not wiLNn cie scope of the A5ME t1APV Code.

4) Mvs1 resist fetre that could prevent safety cast equipment 6orn performing its rwaar 4

safety Nectka.

$t Doea act pefWm any tiucker safety func24n.

1

6) TNs salety c ass onty applies to assemtwy hems ne cestary to perform N nucseer safey 1

1 Apictm Maceseneovs par'.s isNcti mese e the essemtdy sucts as be:sdng nege, sNms, j

etc. may be NNS.

7) This sew; clas4 only appfres to ottucturaliterns h the support system necessary c baurip rue! ear eafvty Nricreons c(the supportad equyment. Mhoesaneous parts whicti make w the support system suca es becGg rirgs, sNms, etc. may be MN8.

f'

6) Provides txzbw rest.4cton in case of seiture of the feeduster Ene BacAsew tesanction insurea nudeat safety functions prowicess by cinet 8C 1. 2, or 3 squipment because bacanow to striction l

4 rnav de requu.d to m prevent prtinery side omsreuudescen. m prevent econdary skfe ovetperuuriaet,on of of.et teoistea steem generators. (3) prevent bust boJr's in the core, or (4) maintain stres ses ethin asowstle smits for odier arsam generator salety sta ss items.

91 Prondes stwc.rrat support to the SC3 frecaster titig assemety.

10) TNs class o% ago.es to swuctss!Kems necassary to resist fsture that could prevent j

r safety class equipment (e.g.. tubes) from performing its twels er safety feween, sAscouaneoies pass wh.ch make up the assemoy such as t4cacg cars, cowncomer rings. etc. mey be NN8.

11) TNe cJeas cc.'y appGee to s1ructwat heens necassary to rssist NIure tNat cauh$ prrvent safety class equiprMnt (e g. tate 4) from perbrmhg its twrJeer sa'e'y Anction.

Mitcasargeus petts wAkti meks sp the assammy such as var.es, drain lines.jaong mecheNs.Ts, e. may te HNS.

a SAF ETY.WK4 c5/ cat 95

4R129NS1014. Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 138 of 143 Safety Classification of Internal Components Page 5 of 8 BEVISED CLASSIFICATION ASSIGNMENT RECORD MC^aN*'

r ss4aoisoas) o../.n ri/PSPENIACNA AretEM EDwarxr ENGg s..

. o.,. c,..,

e.

,i Mewan C.

Ab rvez

• , =vri

/

c.. at:

G ENEAIC l' SHOP CADEK.T DATED AFTER Gff0f9h

$7EA M GEND(A 7"Qg

/'

skim u swi kEAC 7~04 C 0 0 4. 4 N 7" AGPCCG

...,.i s.o. n..: /QQ J

m anisor /,nyeharisumme imN /c r %

a ernwoacnirnoga v-

-q /m cruxr. 6 /4 cuss % / 'aw. A j

i d"'tc A7'McHEE us7-l l

A f

/t...

i

/pr.'s, a:mm.>... : ~. y:p4yn-m s2:- _. c -

meanam3i Fc't&JufMv W/d,:x...a ut:;Y:M

'X~ KWEW///

ilhhhs'

~'~" 5NYOW$^

• ~lks

'72TY72 CD'

• i75g/tr ****'"M f" M' T/sh6

'~

(}

/

//

4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 139 of 143 Safety Classification of Internal Components Page 6 of 8 Steam Generator Safety Classifications hem No.

Part Number hem Descrip6on Stret Claes Justif. (Noes 1) 1 Not Applicable Primary Side Pressure Boundary (including tube bundle)

Semi SC 1 A.4.1.1 2

Not Applicable Primary Channel Noad DMder Plate Part SC 2 A.4.1.2(d) 3 Not Applicable Secondary Side Pressure Boundary Semi SC-2 See Note 2 4

Not AppGeable Tube Support Plates Part SC-3 See Note 3 5

Not AppGcable Wrapper Barrete Part C-4 A.4.1.4(m) 6 Not Appucable Wrapper Cone Part C-4 A.4.1.4(m) 7 Not AppGeable Jacking Blocks Part C-4 A.4.1.4(m) 8 Not Applicable Wrapper Position Blocks Part C-4 A.4.1.4(m) 9 Not AppGeable Wrapper Restraining Keys Part C-4 A.4.1.4(m) 10 Not Applicable Wrapper Anti-Rotation Keys Part NNS A.4.1.5 11 Not Applicable Wrapper Anti-Rotation Key Blocks Part NNS A.4.1.5 12 Not Applicable Central Stayrod Anchor Part SC 3 See Note 3 13 Not Applicable Stayrods Part SC 3 See Note 3 14 Not Applicable Barrel to Barrel Weld Ring Part NNS A.4.1.5 15 Not Applicable Cone to Barrel Wold Ring Part NNS A.4.1.5 16 Not Applicable Wrapper End Landing Ring Part C4 A.4.1.4(m) i 17 Not Applicable Jacking Studs Part C-4 A.4.1.4(m) 18 Not Applicable Backup Rings Part NNS A.4.1.5 19 Not Applicable Spacer Pipes Part SC 3 See Note 3 20 Not AppGcable Stayrod Washers Part NNS A.4.1.5 21 Not Applicable Stayrod Nuts Part C4 A.4.1.4(m) 22 Not AppGcable

' Wedges Part C-4 A.4.1.4(m) 23 Not Applicable Shirns Part C-4 A.4.1.4(m) 24 Not Applicable Backup Bars Part C4 A.4.1.4(m) 25 Not AppGcable Anti-Rotabon Wedges Part NNS A.4.1.5 26 Not AppGcable Anti Vibration Bars Part SC 3 See Note 3 27 Not AppGcable AVB End Caps Part C-4 A. 4.1.4 (m) 28 Not Applicable AVB Retaining Rings Part C-4 A.4.1.4(m) 29 Not Applicable AVB Retaining Bars Part C-4 A.4.1.4(m) 30 Not AppEcable Flow Distnbute Baffle

, Part SC-3 See Note 3 31 Not AppEcable Upper Support Rang

, Part C-4 A.4.1.4(m)

4R129NS1014. Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 140 of 143 Safety Classification ofInternal Components Page 7 of 8 Steam Generator Safety Classifications (Continued) ttem No.

Port Number item Description

$1rst Clese Justif. (Note 1) 32 Not Applicable Secondary Separator Assembly Semi C-4 A.4.1.4(m)

(Note 6) 33 Not Appucable Primary Separetor Assembly Semi C-4 A.4.1.4(m)

(Note 7) 34 Not AppEcable Studge Collector Assembly Seml C-4 A.4.1.4(m)

(Note 10) 35 Not Appncable Feedwater Ring Assembry Semi SC 3 See Notes 4 &

(Note 8) 11 36 Not AppGcable Foodwater Ring Support System Semi SC-3 See Note 5 (Note 9) 37 Not Applicable Auxiliary Feedwater Pipe Part C4 A.4.1.4(m) &

Note 12 38 Not Applicable Ladder Assembnes Semi NNS A.4.1.5 39 Not AppGcable Lower Deck Plate Assembly Semi C-4 A.4.1.4(m) 40 Not Applicable Blowdown Pipe Assembly Semi NNS A.4.1.5 41 Not AppGcable Tubetano Blocking Plates Part NNS A.4.1.5 42 Not Applicable Steam Nozzle Flow Limrting Ventun Insert Part SC 3 A.4.1.3(k) 43 Not Applicable Lifting and Nandhng Lugs Part NNS A.4.1.5 Notes:

1.

Justification is provided by referencing the appropriate paragraph from ESBU Ouality Policy &

Procedures Manual, Revision 0,4/1/95. Policy / Procedure 4.2, Revision 0,4/1/95, ' Equipment Safety Classification.'

s 2.

The Secondary Side Prossure Boundary is classified in accordance with ANSI /ANS 51.1 1983,

'Nuctoar Safety Criteria for the Design of Stationary Pressurized Water Reactor Plants,'

Paragraphs 4.5.1 & 4.10.1.

3.

These items provide support to Safety Class 1 components (tubes) or are necessary to support the deadweight of safety class equipment. These items are not within the scope of the ASME B&PV Code.

4.

The Feedwater Ring Assembly provides backflow restriction in case of failure of the feedwater line. Backflow restriction insures nuclear safety functions provided by other SC 1, 2, or 3 equipment because backflow restriction may be required to (1) prevent primary side overpressurization. (2) prevent secondary side overpressurization of other isolated steam generators, (3) prevent bulk boiling in the core, or (4) maintain stresses within allowable limits for other steam generator safety class iterns.

5.

The Feedwater Ring Support System provides support to the Feedwatcr Ring Assembly. Thus, it is the same class as the Feodwater Ring Assembly (SC-3).

4R129NS1014 Rev.O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 141 of 143 Safety Classification of Internal Components Page 8 of 8 Steam Generator Safety Classifications (Continued)

~

6.

Class 4 only applies to secondary separator assernbly structural components necessary to resist failure that could prevent safety class equipment (e.g. tubes) from performing its nudoar safety function. Miscellaneous parts which make up the assernbly such as vanes, drain lines, Jacking mechanisms, etc. may be NNS.

7.

Class 4 only applies to primary separator assembly structural components necessary to resist failure that could prevent safety class equipment (e.g. tubes) from performing its nudear safety function. Miscellaneous parts which make up the assembly such as backing bars, downcomer rings, etc. may be NNS.

8.

Safety Class 3 only applies to feedwater ring assembly items necessary to perform the nudear safaty function. Miscellaneous parts which rnake up the assembly sudt as backing rings, shims, etc. may be NNS.

9.

Safety Class 3 only applies to Feedwater Ring Support System structural components.

Miscellaneous parts which make up the assembly such as backing rings, shims, etc. may be NNS.

10.

Class 4 only applies to the sludge collector assembly and the spools and top plate which are part of the assembly. All other parts which make up the assembly (e.g. washers, collars, end plates, pipes, etc.) may be NNS.

11.

The Feedwater Ring is not classified Safety Class 2 because it is a nonpressure retaining component outside the scope of the ASME B&PV Code.

12.

The auxiliary feedwater pipe is an internal nonpressure retaining component and is not directly connected to the external auxiliary feedwater piping. It is therefore not a safety class item. The auxiliary feedwater nozzle is the interface component between the internal and external auxiliary feedwater piping.

4R129NS1014, Rev. O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 142 of 143 Threaded Fasteners Page1ofI SOUTH TEXAS RSG INTERNAL TIIREADED MEMBERS Description -

> Quantity 7

= 'Ihread Size,

Material 4 Locking Method '

Stayrod Central Anchor 1

1.00 8UNC Alloy 690 Refer to Stayrod Stayrod 9

1.00 8UNC SA696 Gr C 0.12" Fillet Weld to Carbon Stl. Nut Wrapper Jacking Stud 24 2.25 UN SA 36 0.13 Groove Weld Wrapper Jacking Stud 250 1.5 UN SA 36 0.13 Groove Weld Wrapper Closure Plug 4

0.875-9 UNC SA 739 Gr B22 Alloy 690 Lock Nut - Crimped Feedwater Ring Plug 1

4.00 8UN Alloy 690 Fig.

3.12" x.5" Long Fillet Welds Dryer Jacking Bolts I per Dryer Bank 0.625"-11 SA 36

.06 x.5" Long " Fillet Tack Weld Drver Jacking Studs 2 per Dryer Bank 0.625"-11 SA 36

.06 x.5" Long " Fillet Tack Weld Studge Collect Spray Manifold 4 per Spray Head 0.500-13UNC SA 36 12" x.5" Long Fillet Welds Lower Deck Jacking Bolts 8

3.00-8UN SA 36

.50" Fillet Weld All Around Mid Deck Plate Jacking Bolts 5

3.00-8UN SA 36

.50" Fillet Weld All Around 9

l l

j 4R129NS1014 Rev.O Specification for Replacement Steam Generators Page 143 of 143 Calibration Blocks Page1of1 UT Calibration Blocks INSPECTION BLOCK MATERIAL APPROX. FINISHED SIZE (LWT), IN.

Channel Head / Tube Plate Weld SA 508 Class 3 20.0 x 7.0 x 5.25 (clad)

Tube Plate /"A" Barrel Weld SA-508 Class 3a 12.0 x 7.0 x 3.25 Upper Shell Barret "J"/ Elliptical Head Weld:

SA-508 Class 3a 14.0 x 7.0 x 4.0 i

and Feedwater Nozzle / Upper Shell Barrel "H" j

Weld Priraary Nozzle Knuckle Radius SA :< 3 Class 3a 12.0 x 7.0 x 13.5 (clad)

Primary Nozzle / Safe End Weld SA 336 F316LN or SA-336 Class F316 14.0 x 7.0 x 4.75 t

Feedwater Nozzle Knuckle Radius SA 508 Class 3a 12.0 x 12.0 x 4.0 i

.